[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2024233605A1 - Composés et leur utilisation contre le cancer - Google Patents

Composés et leur utilisation contre le cancer Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024233605A1
WO2024233605A1 PCT/US2024/028256 US2024028256W WO2024233605A1 WO 2024233605 A1 WO2024233605 A1 WO 2024233605A1 US 2024028256 W US2024028256 W US 2024028256W WO 2024233605 A1 WO2024233605 A1 WO 2024233605A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
pharmaceutically acceptable
stereoisomer
tautomer
prodrug
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/US2024/028256
Other languages
English (en)
Inventor
Scott Throner
Daniel Jonsson
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Medivir AB
Tango Therapeutics Inc
Original Assignee
Medivir AB
Tango Therapeutics Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Medivir AB, Tango Therapeutics Inc filed Critical Medivir AB
Publication of WO2024233605A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024233605A1/fr
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D473/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems
    • C07D473/26—Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with an oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atom directly attached in position 2 or 6, but not in both
    • C07D473/28—Oxygen atom
    • C07D473/30—Oxygen atom attached in position 6, e.g. hypoxanthine
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D475/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing pteridine ring systems
    • C07D475/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing pteridine ring systems with a nitrogen atom directly attached in position 4
    • C07D475/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing pteridine ring systems with a nitrogen atom directly attached in position 4 with an aromatic or hetero-aromatic ring directly attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C07D491/044—Ortho-condensed systems with only one oxygen atom as ring hetero atom in the oxygen-containing ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • Ubiquitin is a small, highly conserved protein composed of 76 amino acids that is post-transcriptionally attached to target proteins, including itself, via a concerted three-step enzymatic reaction. This covalent linkage or isopeptide bond primarily occurs between the C- terminal glycine of ubiquitin and the 8-amino group of lysine residue(s) on the target protein (Pickart, C. M., Annu. Rev. Biochem., 2001 : 503-33). The functional consequence of ubiquitination is determined by the number and linkage topology of ubiquitin molecules conjugated to the target protein.
  • proteins exhibiting Lys48-linked poly ubiquitin chains are generally targeted to the proteasome for degradation, while monoubiquitination or polyubiquitin chains linked through other lysines regulate several non-proteolytic functions, including cell cycle regulation (Nakayama, K. 1. et al., Nat. rev. Cancer, 6(5): 369-81 (2006)), DNA repair (Bergink, S., et al., Nature 458(7237): 461 -7 (2009)), transcription (Conaway, R. C, et al., Science 296(5571): 1254-8 (2002)), and endocytosis (Mukhopadhyay, D., et al., Science 315(5809): 201 -5 (2007)).
  • ubiquitination is a reversible process counteracted by a family of enzymes known as deubiquitinases (DUBs). These enzymes are cysteine proteases or metalloproteases that hydrolyze the ubiquitin isopeptide bond ( Komander, D., et al., Nat. Rev. Mol. Cell Biol. 10(8): 550-63 (2007)). The human genome encodes close to 100 DUBs.
  • DUBs deubiquitinases
  • DUBs and their substrate proteins are often deregulated in cancers.
  • Targeting specific DUB family members may result in antitumor activity by enhancing the ubiquitination and subsequent degradation of oncogenic substrates, involved in tumor growth, survival, differentiation and maintenance of the tumor microenvironment.
  • DUBs and cancer The role of deubiquitinating enzymes as oncogenes, non-oncogenes and tumor suppressors.” Cell Cycle 8, 1688-1697 (2009). Consequently, several members of the DUB family have been implicated in processes related to human disease, including cancer and neurodegeneration.
  • USP1 ubiquitin- specific peptidase 1
  • USP1 is a cysteine isopeptidase of the USP subfamily of deubiquitinases (DUBs).
  • DRBs deubiquitinases
  • Full-length human USP1 is composed of 785 amino acids, including a catalytic triad composed of Cys90, His593 and Asp751.
  • USP1 deubiquitinates a variety of cellular targets involved in different processes related to cancer.
  • PCNA proliferating cell nuclear antigen
  • TLS translesion synthesis
  • FANCI/FANCD2 Feanconi anemia group complementation group D2
  • FA Fanconi anemia pathway
  • DDR DNA damage response pathway
  • S. A. et al “USP1 deubiquitinates ID proteins to preserve a mesenchymal stem cell program in osteosarcoma.” Cell 146: 918-30 (2011); Lee, J. K.
  • C527 shows low micromolar inhibition of related USPs as well as dissimilar DUBs (i.e., UCHL-1 and UCHL-3).
  • Another small molecule USP1-UAF1 inhibitor (ML323) has been more recently disclosed (Dexheimer et al, J. Med. Chem.2014, 57, 8099-8110; Liang et al, Nature Chem. Bio.2015, 10, 298-304; US 9802904 B2).
  • Additional USP1 inhibitors have also been described in WO2017087837, WO2020132269, WO2020139988, WO2021163530, WO2022199652, WO2022214053, WO2022228399, WO2022233263 and WO2022253188.
  • Ring B is: wherein X 1 and X 2 are each independently selected from N and CH; Ring A is selected from the group consisting of: wherein X 3 is selected from N and CH and wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D; Ring C is a 5-6 membered carbocyclyl, 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl or 5-6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl fused to the pyrimidine ring of Formula (I); Ring C 1 is a nitrogen containing, 5 membered monocyclic heteroaryl fused to the triazine ring of formula (II); L is selected from the group consisting of –O– and –NR n –, wherein R n is selected from
  • X 1 and X 2 are each independently CH or N;
  • Ring A is selected from the group consisting of: wherein X 3 is CH or N and wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D;
  • Ring C is a 5-6 membered carbocyclyl, 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl or a 5-6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl fused to the pyrimidine ring of Formula (I);
  • Ring C 1 is a nitrogen containing 5 membered monocyclic heteroaryl fused to the triazine ring of Formula (II);
  • L is selected from the group consisting of –O– and –NR n –, wherein R n is selected from H and –C 1 –C 6 alkyl;
  • the compound is of Formula (I-a). [0013] In an embodiment, the compound is of Formula (II-a). [0014] In an embodiment, provided are compounds selected from the compounds of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof. [0015] In an embodiment, provided is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. [0016] In an embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a second therapeutic agent.
  • a method for treating or preventing a disease or disorder sensitive to inhibition of USP1 comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • a method of treating a disease or disorder sensitive to the inhibition of USP1 comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • a method for inhibiting USP1 comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • a method for treating or preventing cancer in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to the patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • a method for treating cancer in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to the patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • a method for treating or preventing a disease or disorder associated with DNA damage comprising administering to a patient in need of a treatment for diseases or disorders associated with DNA damage an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • a method for treating a disease or disorder associated with DNA damage comprising administering to a patient in need of a treatment for diseases or disorders associated with DNA damage an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • a method of inhibiting, modulating or reducing DNA repair activity exercised by USP1 comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for use in a method for treating or preventing a disease or disorder sensitive to the inhibition of USP1 comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for use in a method of treating a disease or disorder sensitive to the inhibition of USP1 comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for use in a method for inhibiting USP1 comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for use in a method for treating or preventing cancer in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to the patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for use in a method for treating cancer in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to the patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for use in a method for treating or preventing a disease or disorder associated with DNA damage.
  • a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for use in a method for treating a disease or disorder associated with DNA damage.
  • a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for use in a method of inhibiting, modulating or reducing DNA repair activity exercised by USP1 comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • the disclosure herein sets forth exemplary methods, parameters and the like.
  • the compounds described herein can be in the form of an individual enantiomer, diastereomer or geometric isomer, or can be in the form of a mixture of stereoisomers, including racemic mixtures and mixtures enriched in one or more stereoisomer.
  • stereochemistry is explicitly indicated in a structure, the structure is intended to embrace all possible stereoisomers of the compound depicted. If stereochemistry is explicitly indicated for one portion or portions of a molecule, but not for another portion or portions of a molecule, the structure is intended to embrace all possible stereoisomers for the portion or portions where stereochemistry is not explicitly indicated.
  • Isomers can be isolated from mixtures by methods known to those skilled in the art, including chiral high-pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and the formation and crystallization of chiral salts; or preferred isomers can be prepared by asymmetric syntheses. See, for example, Jacques et al., Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions (Wiley Interscience, New York, 1981); Wilen et al., Tetrahedron 33:2725 (1977); Eliel, Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds (McGraw–Hill, NY, 1962); and Wilen, Tables of Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions p.268 (E.L. Eliel, Ed., Univ.
  • the “enantiomeric excess” (“e.e.”) or “% enantiomeric excess” (“%e.e.”) of a composition as used herein refers to an excess of one enantiomer relative to the other enantiomer present in the composition.
  • a composition containing 90% of one enantiomer and 10% of the other enantiomer is said to have an enantiomeric excess of 80%.
  • the “diastereomeric excess” (“d.e.”) or “% diastereomeric excess” (“%d.e.”) of a composition as used herein refers to an excess of one diastereomer relative to one or more different diastereomers present in the composition.
  • compounds described herein may also comprise one or more isotopic substitutions.
  • hydrogen may be 2 H (D or deuterium) or 3 H (T or tritium); carbon may be, for example, 13 C or 14 C; oxygen may be, for example, 18 O; nitrogen may be, for example, 15 N, and the like.
  • a particular isotope (e.g., 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 18 O, or 15 N) can represent at least 1%, at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 99%, or at least 99.9% of the total isotopic abundance of an element that occupies a specific site of the compound.
  • a formula is a single bond where the stereochemistry of the moieties immediately attached thereto is not specified.
  • C 1–6 alkyl is intended to encompass, C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 1–6 , C 1–5 , C 1–4 , C 1–3 , C 1–2 , C 2–6 , C 2–5 , C 2–4 , C 2–3 , C 3–6 , C 3–5 , C 3–4 , C 4–6 , C 4–5 , and C 5–6 alkyl.
  • analogue means one analogue or more than one analogue.
  • unsaturated bond refers to a double or triple bond.
  • unsaturated or partially unsaturated refers to a moiety that includes at least one double or triple bond.
  • saturated refers to a moiety that does not contain a double or triple bond, i.e., the moiety only contains single bonds.
  • alkylene is the divalent moiety of alkyl
  • alkenylene is the divalent moiety of alkenyl
  • alkynylene is the divalent moiety of alkynyl
  • heteroalkylene is the divalent moiety of heteroalkyl
  • heteroalkenylene is the divalent moiety of heteroalkenyl
  • heteroalkynylene is the divalent moiety of heteroalkynyl
  • carbocyclylene is the divalent moiety of carbocyclyl
  • heterocyclylene is the divalent moiety of heterocyclyl
  • arylene is the divalent moiety of aryl
  • heteroarylene is the divalent moiety of heteroaryl.
  • azido refers to the radical –N 3 .
  • Aliphatic refers to an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, or carbocyclyl group, as defined herein.
  • Cycloalkylalkyl refers to an alkyl radical in which the alkyl group is substituted with a cycloalkyl group.
  • Typical cycloalkylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cycloheptylmethyl, cyclooctylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cycloheptylethyl, and cyclooctylethyl, and the like.
  • “Heterocyclylalkyl” refers to an alkyl radical in which the alkyl group is substituted with a heterocyclyl group.
  • Typical heterocyclylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, pyrrolidinylmethyl, piperidinylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl, morpholinylmethyl, pyrrolidinylethyl, piperidinylethyl, piperazinylethyl, morpholinylethyl, and the like.
  • “Aralkyl” or “arylalkyl” is a subset of alkyl and aryl, as defined herein, and refers to an optionally substituted alkyl group substituted by an optionally substituted aryl group.
  • Alkyl refers to a radical of a straight–chain or branched saturated hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms (“C 1–20 alkyl”). In an embodiment, an alkyl group has 1 to 12 carbon atoms (“C 1–12 alkyl”). In an embodiment, an alkyl group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“C 1–10 alkyl”). In an embodiment, an alkyl group has 1 to 9 carbon atoms (“C 1– 9 alkyl”). In an embodiment, an alkyl group has 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 1–8 alkyl”). In an embodiment, an alkyl group has 1 to 7 carbon atoms (“C 1–7 alkyl”).
  • an alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 1–6 alkyl”, also referred to herein as “lower alkyl”). In an embodiment, an alkyl group has 1 to 5 carbon atoms (“C 1–5 alkyl”). In an embodiment, an alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 1–4 alkyl”). In an embodiment, an alkyl group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms (“C 1–3 alkyl”). In an embodiment, an alkyl group has 1 to 2 carbon atoms (“C 1–2 alkyl”). In an embodiment, an alkyl group has 1 carbon atom (“C 1 alkyl”). In an embodiment, an alkyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 2–6 alkyl”).
  • C 1–6 alkyl groups include methyl (C 1 ), ethyl (C 2 ), n–propyl (C 3 ), isopropyl (C 3 ), n–butyl (C 4 ), tert–butyl (C 4 ), sec–butyl (C 4 ), iso–butyl (C 4 ), n–pentyl (C 5 ), 3–pentanyl (C 5 ), amyl (C 5 ), neopentyl (C 5 ), 3–methyl–2–butanyl (C 5 ), tertiary amyl (C 5 ), and n–hexyl (C 6 ).
  • alkyl groups include n–heptyl (C 7 ), n–octyl (C 8 ) and the like. Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an alkyl group is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkyl”) with one or more substituents; e.g., for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents, or 1 substituent. In an embodiment, the alkyl group is unsubstituted C 1–10 alkyl (e.g., –CH 3 ). In an embodiment, the alkyl group is substituted C 1–10 alkyl.
  • Alkylene refers to an alkyl group wherein two hydrogens are removed to provide a divalent radical, and which may be substituted or unsubstituted.
  • Unsubstituted alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, methylene (–CH 2 -), ethylene (–CH 2 CH 2 -), propylene (– CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), butylene (–CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), pentylene (—CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), hexylene (–CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 -), and the like.
  • substituted alkylene groups e.g., substituted with one or more alkyl (methyl) groups, include but are not limited to, substituted methylene (–CH(CH 3 )-, (–C(CH 3 ) 2 -), substituted ethylene (–CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -,–CH 2 CH(CH 3 )-, –C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 -,–CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 -), substituted propylene (–CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 2 -, – CH 2 CH(CH 3 )CH 2 -, –CH 2 CH 2 CH(CH 3 )-, –C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 CH 2 -, –CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 CH 2 -, – CH 2 CH 2 C(CH 3 ) 2 -), and the like.
  • alkylene groups may be substituted or unsubstituted with one or more substituents as described herein.
  • Alkenyl refers to a radical of a straight–chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, one or more carbon–carbon double bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon–carbon double bonds), and optionally one or more carbon–carbon triple bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon–carbon triple bonds) (“C 2–20 alkenyl”). In an embodiment, alkenyl does not contain any triple bonds.
  • an alkenyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms (“C 2–10 alkenyl”). In an embodiment, an alkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C 2–9 alkenyl”). In an embodiment, an alkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 2–8 alkenyl”). In an embodiment, an alkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C 2–7 alkenyl”). In an embodiment, an alkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 2–6 alkenyl”). In an embodiment, an alkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C 2–5 alkenyl”).
  • an alkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 2–4 alkenyl”). In an embodiment, an alkenyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C 2–3 alkenyl”). In an embodiment, an alkenyl group has 2 carbon atoms (“C 2 alkenyl”).
  • the one or more carbon–carbon double bonds can be internal (such as in 2– butenyl) or terminal (such as in 1–butenyl).
  • Examples of C 2–4 alkenyl groups include ethenyl (C 2 ), 1–propenyl (C 3 ), 2–propenyl (C 3 ), 1–butenyl (C 4 ), 2–butenyl (C 4 ), butadienyl (C 4 ), and the like.
  • Examples of C 2–6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C 2–4 alkenyl groups as well as pentenyl (C 5 ), pentadienyl (C 5 ), hexenyl (C 6 ), and the like.
  • alkenyl examples include heptenyl (C 7 ), octenyl (C 8 ), octatrienyl (C 8 ), and the like.
  • each instance of an alkenyl group is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkenyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkenyl”) with one or more substituents e.g., for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents, or 1 substituent.
  • the alkenyl group is unsubstituted C 2–10 alkenyl.
  • alkenyl group is substituted C 2–10 alkenyl.
  • Alkynyl refers to a radical of a straight–chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, one or more carbon–carbon triple bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon–carbon triple bonds), and optionally one or more carbon–carbon double bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon–carbon double bonds) (“C 2–20 alkynyl”). In an embodiment, alkynyl does not contain any double bonds. In an embodiment, an alkynyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms (“C 2–10 alkynyl”).
  • an alkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C 2–9 alkynyl”). In an embodiment, an alkynyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 2 –8 alkynyl”). In an embodiment, an alkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C 2–7 alkynyl”). In an embodiment, an alkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C 2–6 alkynyl”). In an embodiment, an alkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C 2–5 alkynyl”). In an embodiment, an alkynyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms (“C 2–4 alkynyl”).
  • an alkynyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C 2–3 alkynyl”). In an embodiment, an alkynyl group has 2 carbon atoms (“C 2 alkynyl”).
  • the one or more carbon–carbon triple bonds can be internal (such as in 2– butynyl) or terminal (such as in 1–butynyl).
  • Examples of C 2 –4 alkynyl groups include, without limitation, ethynyl (C 2 ), 1–propynyl (C 3 ), 2–propynyl (C 3 ), 1–butynyl (C 4 ), 2– butynyl (C 4 ), and the like.
  • C 2–6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C 2–4 alkynyl groups as well as pentynyl (C 5 ), hexynyl (C 6 ), and the like. Additional examples of alkynyl include heptynyl (C 7 ), octynyl (C 8 ), and the like.
  • each instance of an alkynyl group is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted alkynyl”) or substituted (a “substituted alkynyl”) with one or more substituents; e.g., for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents, or 1 substituent.
  • the alkynyl group is unsubstituted C 2–10 alkynyl.
  • the alkynyl group is substituted C 2–10 alkynyl.
  • heteroalkyl refers to an alkyl group, as defined herein, which further comprises 1 or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4) heteroatoms (e.g., oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, boron, silicon, phosphorus and oxidized forms thereof, e.g., SO 2 ) within the parent chain, wherein the one or more heteroatoms is inserted between adjacent carbon atoms within the parent carbon chain and/or one or more heteroatoms is inserted between a carbon atom and the parent molecule, i.e., between the point of attachment.
  • 1 or more heteroatoms e.g., oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, boron, silicon, phosphorus and oxidized forms thereof, e.g., SO 2
  • the heteroalkyl contains 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S and oxidized forms thereof (e.g., SO 2 ). In an embodiment, the heteroalkyl contains 1 heteroatom independently selected from N, O and S and oxidized forms thereof (e.g., SO 2 ). In an embodiment, the heteroalkyl contains 2 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S and oxidized forms thereof (e.g., SO 2 ). In an embodiment, a heteroalkyl group refers to a saturated group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC 1–10 alkyl”).
  • a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC 1–9 alkyl”). In an embodiment, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC 1–8 alkyl”). In an embodiment, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms (“heteroC 1–7 alkyl”). In an embodiment, a heteroalkyl group is a group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms (“heteroC 1–6 alkyl”).
  • a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC 1–5 alkyl”). In an embodiment, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC 1–4 alkyl”). In an embodiment, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms and 1 heteroatom (“heteroC 1–3 alkyl”). In an embodiment, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms and 1 heteroatom (“heteroC 1–2 alkyl”).
  • a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 carbon atom and 1 heteroatom (“heteroC 1 alkyl”). In an embodiment, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms (“heteroC 2–6 alkyl”). Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroalkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroalkyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroalkyl”) with one or more substituents. In an embodiment, the heteroalkyl group is an unsubstituted heteroC 1–10 alkyl. In an embodiment, the heteroalkyl group is a substituted heteroC 1–10 alkyl.
  • heteroalkyl groups include: –CH 2 OH, –CH 2 OCH 3 , –CH 2 NH 2 , –CH 2 NH(CH 3 ), –CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , –CH 2 CH 2 OH, – CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , –CH 2 CH 2 NH 2 , –CH 2 CH 2 NH(CH 3 ), –CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , –CH 2 CH 2 S(O) 2 CH 3 .
  • Aryl refers to a radical of a monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic or tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6, 10, or 14 ⁇ electrons shared in a cyclic array) having 6–14 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system (“C 6–14 aryl”).
  • an aryl group has six ring carbon atoms (“C 6 aryl”; e.g., phenyl).
  • an aryl group has ten ring carbon atoms (“C 10 aryl”; e.g., naphthyl such as 1–naphthyl and 2–naphthyl).
  • an aryl group has fourteen ring carbon atoms (“C 14 aryl”; e.g., anthracyl).
  • Aryl also includes ring systems wherein the aryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the radical or point of attachment is on the aryl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbon atoms continue to designate the number of carbon atoms in the aryl ring system.
  • aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, indenyl, and tetrahydronaphthyl.
  • each instance of an aryl group is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted aryl”) or substituted (a “substituted aryl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the aryl group is unsubstituted C 6–14 aryl.
  • the aryl group is substituted C 6–14 aryl.
  • an aryl group is substituted with one or more of groups selected from halo, C 1 –C 8 alkyl, C 1 –C 8 haloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, C 1 –C 8 alkoxy, and amino.
  • R 56 and R 57 may be hydrogen and at least one of R 56 and R 57 is each independently selected from C 1 –C 8 alkyl, C 1 –C 8 haloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, alkanoyl, C 1 –C 8 alkoxy, heteroaryloxy, alkylamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, NR 58 COR 59 , NR 58 SOR 59 NR 58 SO 2 R 59 , COOalkyl, COOaryl, CONR 58 R 59 , CONR 58 OR 59 , NR 58 R 59 , SO 2 NR 58 R 59 , S-alkyl, SOalkyl, SO 2 alkyl, Saryl, SOaryl, SO 2 aryl; or R 56 and R 57 may be joined to form a cyclic ring (saturated or unsaturated) from
  • R 60 and R 61 are independently hydrogen, C 1 –C 8 alkyl, C 1 –C 4 haloalkyl, C 3 –C 10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, C 6 –C 10 aryl, substituted C 6 –C 10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, or substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl.
  • “Fused aryl” refers to an aryl having two of its ring carbons in common with a second aryl or heteroaryl ring or with a carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring.
  • Heteroaryl refers to a radical of a 5–10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6 or 10 ⁇ electrons shared in a cyclic array) having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur (“5–10 membered heteroaryl”).
  • the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits.
  • Heteroaryl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.
  • Heteroaryl includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heteroaryl ring system. “Heteroaryl” also includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the aryl or heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members designates the number of ring members in the fused (aryl/heteroaryl) ring system.
  • Bicyclic heteroaryl groups wherein one ring does not contain a heteroatom e.g., indolyl, quinolinyl, carbazolyl, and the like
  • the point of attachment can be on either ring, i.e., either the ring bearing a heteroatom (e.g., 2–indolyl) or the ring that does not contain a heteroatom (e.g., 5– indolyl).
  • a heteroaryl group is a 5–10 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5–10 membered heteroaryl”).
  • a heteroaryl group is a 5–8 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5–8 membered heteroaryl”).
  • a heteroaryl group is a 5–6 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5–6 membered heteroaryl”).
  • the 5–6 membered heteroaryl has 1–3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • the 5–6 membered heteroaryl has 1–2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In an embodiment, the 5–6 membered heteroaryl has 1 ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • each instance of a heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroaryl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroaryl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the heteroaryl group is unsubstituted 5–14 membered heteroaryl. In an embodiment, the heteroaryl group is substituted 5–14 membered heteroaryl.
  • a heteroaryl group is a bicyclic 8-12 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-6 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“8-12 membered bicyclic heteroaryl”).
  • a heteroaryl group is an 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-6 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“8-10 membered bicyclic heteroaryl”).
  • a heteroaryl group is a 9-10 membered bicyclic aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-6 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“9-10 membered bicyclic heteroaryl”).
  • each instance of a heteroaryl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heteroaryl”) or substituted (a “substituted heteroaryl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the heteroaryl group is an unsubstituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl.
  • the heteroaryl group is a substituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl.
  • Exemplary 5–membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, pyrrolyl, furanyl and thiophenyl.
  • Exemplary 5–membered heteroaryl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, and isothiazolyl.
  • Exemplary 5–membered heteroaryl groups containing three heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl.
  • Exemplary 5–membered heteroaryl groups containing four heteroatoms include, without limitation, tetrazolyl.
  • Exemplary 6–membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, pyridinyl.
  • Exemplary 6–membered heteroaryl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl.
  • Exemplary 6–membered heteroaryl groups containing three or four heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazinyl and tetrazinyl, respectively.
  • Exemplary 7–membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azepinyl, oxepinyl, and thiepinyl.
  • Exemplary 5,6–bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothiophenyl, isobenzothiophenyl, benzofuranyl, benzoisofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzthiadiazolyl, indolizinyl, and purinyl.
  • Exemplary 6,6– bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, and quinazolinyl.
  • Examples of representative heteroaryls include the following:
  • each Z is selected from carbonyl, N, NR 65 , O, and S; and R 65 is independently hydrogen, C 1 –C 8 alkyl, C 3 –C 10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, C 6 –C 10 aryl, and 5- 10 membered heteroaryl.
  • R 65 is independently hydrogen, C 1 –C 8 alkyl, C 3 –C 10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, C 6 –C 10 aryl, and 5- 10 membered heteroaryl.
  • Heteroaralkyl or “heteroarylalkyl” is a subset of “alkyl” and refers to an alkyl group substituted by a heteroaryl group, wherein the point of attachment is on the alkyl moiety.
  • the term “carbocyclyl” or “carbocyclic” refers to a radical of a non-aromatic monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic or polycyclic hydrocarbon ring system having from 3 to 14 ring carbon atoms (“C 3-14 carbocyclyl”) and zero heteroatoms in the non-aromatic ring system.
  • Carbocyclyl groups include fully saturated ring systems (e.g., cycloalkyls), and partially saturated ring systems.
  • a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 3–10 carbocyclyl”).
  • a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (“C 3-8 carbocyclyl”).
  • a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 7 ring carbon atoms (“C 3-7 carbocyclyl”).
  • a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 3-6 carbocyclyl”).
  • a carbocyclyl group has 4 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 4-6 carbocyclyl”). In an embodiment, a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 5-6 carbocyclyl”). In an embodiment, a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 5–10 carbocyclyl”).
  • Exemplary C 3-6 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, cyclopropyl (C 3 ), cyclopropenyl (C 3 ), cyclobutyl (C 4 ), cyclobutenyl (C 4 ), cyclopentyl (C 5 ), cyclopentenyl (C 5 ), cyclohexyl (C 6 ), cyclohexenyl (C 6 ), cyclohexadienyl (C 6 ), and the like.
  • Exemplary C 3-8 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned C 3-6 carbocyclyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C 7 ), cycloheptenyl (C 7 ), cycloheptadienyl (C 7 ), cycloheptatrienyl (C 7 ), cyclooctyl (C 8 ), cyclooctenyl (C 8 ), bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl (C 7 ), bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl (C 8 ), and the like.
  • Exemplary C 3–10 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned C 3-8 carbocyclyl groups as well as cyclononyl (C 9 ), cyclononenyl (C 9 ), cyclodecyl (C 10 ), cyclodecenyl (C 10 ), octahydro- 1H-indenyl (C 9 ), decahydronaphthalenyl (C 10 ), spiro[4.5]decanyl (C 10 ), and the like.
  • the carbocyclyl group is either monocyclic (“monocyclic carbocyclyl”) or polycyclic (e.g., containing a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic carbocyclyl”) or tricyclic system (“tricyclic carbocyclyl”)) and can be saturated or can contain one or more carbon-carbon double or triple bonds.
  • Carbocyclyl also includes ring systems wherein the carbocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the carbocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbons continue to designate the number of carbons in the carbocyclic ring system.
  • each instance of a carbocyclyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted carbocyclyl”) or substituted (a “substituted carbocyclyl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the carbocyclyl group is an unsubstituted C 3-14 carbocyclyl.
  • the carbocyclyl group is a substituted C 3-14 carbocyclyl.
  • cycloalkyl as employed herein includes saturated cyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, or polycyclic hydrocarbon groups having 3 to 14 carbons containing the indicated number of rings and carbon atoms (for example a C 3 –C 14 monocyclic, C 4 –C 14 bicyclic, C 5 – C 14 tricyclic, or C 6 –C 14 polycyclic cycloalkyl).
  • cycloalkyl is a monocyclic cycloalkyl.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkyl has 3-14 ring carbon atoms (“C 3-14 monocyclic cycloalkyl”). In an embodiment, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group has 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 3-10 monocyclic cycloalkyl”). In an embodiment, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms (“C 3-8 monocyclic cycloalkyl”). In an embodiment, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 3-6 monocyclic cycloalkyl”).
  • a monocyclic cycloalkyl group has 4 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 4-6 monocyclic cycloalkyl”). In an embodiment, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group has 5 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 5-6 monocyclic cycloalkyl”). In an embodiment, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 5-10 monocyclic cycloalkyl”). Examples of monocyclic C 5-6 cycloalkyl groups include cyclopentyl (C 5 ) and cyclohexyl (C 5 ).
  • C 3-6 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C 5-6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cyclopropyl (C 3 ) and cyclobutyl (C 4 ).
  • Examples of C 3-8 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C 3-6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C 7 ) and cyclooctyl (C 8 ).
  • cycloalkyl is a bicyclic cycloalkyl.
  • a bicyclic cycloalkyl has 4-14 ring carbon atoms (“C 4-14 bicyclic cycloalkyl”).
  • a bicyclic cycloalkyl group has 4 to 12 ring carbon atoms (“C 4-12 bicyclic cycloalkyl”). In an embodiment, a bicyclic cycloalkyl group has 4 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 4-10 bicyclic cycloalkyl”). In an embodiment, a bicyclic cycloalkyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 5-10 bicyclic cycloalkyl”). In an embodiment, a bicyclic cycloalkyl group has 6 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 6–10 bicyclic cycloalkyl”).
  • a bicyclic cycloalkyl group has 8 to 10 ring carbon atoms (“C 8-10 bicyclic cycloalkyl”). In an embodiment, a bicyclic cycloalkyl group has 7 to 9 ring carbon atoms (“C 7-9 bicyclic cycloalkyl”).
  • bicyclic cycloalkyls examples include bicyclo[1.1.0]butane (C 4 ), bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane (C 5 ), spiro[2.2] pentane (C 5 ), bicyclo[2.1.0]pentane (C 5 ), bicyclo[2.1.1]hexane (C 6 ), bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane (C 6 ), spiro[2.3] hexane (C 6 ), bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane (norbornane) (C 7 ), bicyclo[3.2.0]heptane (C 7 ), bicyclo[3.1.1]heptane (C 7 ), bicyclo[3.1.1]heptane (C 7 ), bicyclo[4.1.0]heptane (C 7 ), spiro[2.4] heptane (C 7 ), spiro [3.3] heptane (C 7 ), bicyclo[2.2.2]oc
  • cycloalkyl is a tricyclic cycloalkyl.
  • a tricyclic cycloalkyl has 6-14 ring carbon atoms (“C 6-14 tricyclic cycloalkyl”).
  • a tricyclic cycloalkyl group has 8 to 12 ring carbon atoms (“C 8-12 tricyclic cycloalkyl”).
  • a tricyclic cycloalkyl group has 10 to 12 ring carbon atoms (“C 10-12 tricyclic cycloalkyl. Examples of tricyclic cycloalkyls include adamantine (C 12 ).
  • each instance of a cycloalkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted cycloalkyl”) or substituted (a “substituted cycloalkyl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the cycloalkyl group is an unsubstituted C 3-14 cycloalkyl.
  • the cycloalkyl group is a substituted C 3-14 cycloalkyl.
  • Heterocyclyl refers to a radical of a 3– to 10–membered non– aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, boron, phosphorus, and silicon (“3–10 membered heterocyclyl”).
  • the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits.
  • a heterocyclyl group can either be monocyclic (“monocyclic heterocyclyl”) or a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic heterocyclyl”), and can be saturated or can be partially unsaturated.
  • Heterocyclyl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.
  • Heterocyclyl also includes ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring, or ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups, wherein the point of attachment is on the heterocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heterocyclyl ring system.
  • each instance of heterocyclyl is independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an “unsubstituted heterocyclyl”) or substituted (a “substituted heterocyclyl”) with one or more substituents.
  • the heterocyclyl group is unsubstituted 3–10 membered heterocyclyl.
  • the heterocyclyl group is substituted 3–10 membered heterocyclyl.
  • a heterocyclyl group is a 5–10 membered non–aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, boron, phosphorus, and silicon (“5–10 membered heterocyclyl”).
  • a heterocyclyl group is a 5–8 membered non– aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5–8 membered heterocyclyl”).
  • a heterocyclyl group is a 5–6 membered non–aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1–4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur (“5–6 membered heterocyclyl”).
  • the 5–6 membered heterocyclyl has 1–3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • the 5–6 membered heterocyclyl has 1–2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • the 5–6 membered heterocyclyl has one ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • Exemplary 3–membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, aziridinyl, oxiranyl, thiorenyl.
  • Exemplary 4–membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azetidinyl, oxetanyl and thietanyl.
  • Exemplary 5–membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiophenyl, pyrrolidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl and pyrrolyl–2,5–dione.
  • Exemplary 5– membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, dioxolanyl, oxasulfuranyl, disulfuranyl, and oxazolidin-2-one.
  • Exemplary 5–membered heterocyclyl groups containing three heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolinyl, oxadiazolinyl, and thiadiazolinyl.
  • Exemplary 6–membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyridinyl, and thianyl.
  • Exemplary 6–membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, dioxanyl. Exemplary 6– membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazinanyl. Exemplary 7–membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azepanyl, oxepanyl and thiepanyl. Exemplary 8–membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azocanyl, oxecanyl and thiocanyl.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups fused to a C 6 aryl ring include, without limitation, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, benzoxazolinonyl, and the like.
  • bicyclic heterocyclyl groups include, without limitation, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, tetrahydrobenzothienyl, tetrahydrobenzofuranyl, tetrahydroindolyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, octahydrochromenyl, octahydroisochromenyl, decahydronaphthyridinyl, decahydro-1,8-naphthyridinyl, octahydropyrrolo[3,2-b]pyrrole, indolinyl, phthalimidyl, naphthalimidyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, 1H-benzo[e][1,4-
  • Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups fused to an aryl ring include, without limitation, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and the like.
  • Nonrogen-containing heterocyclyl means a 4– to 7– membered non-aromatic cyclic group containing at least one nitrogen atom, for example, but without limitation, morpholine, piperidine (e.g., 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl), pyrrolidine (e.g., 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl), azetidine, pyrrolidone, imidazoline, imidazolidinone, 2- pyrazoline, pyrazolidine, piperazine, and N-alkyl piperazines such as N-methyl piperazine. Particular examples include azetidine, piperidone and piperazone.
  • Hetero when used to describe a compound or a group present on a compound means that one or more carbon atoms in the compound or group have been replaced by a nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur heteroatom. Hetero may be applied to any of the hydrocarbyl groups described above such as alkyl, e.g., heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, e.g., heterocyclyl, aryl, e.g., heteroaryl, cycloalkenyl, e.g., cycloheteroalkenyl, and the like having from 1 to 5, and particularly from 1 to 3 heteroatoms.
  • alkyl e.g., heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, e.g., heterocyclyl, aryl, e.g., heteroaryl, cycloalkenyl, e.g., cycloheteroalkenyl, and the like having from 1 to 5, and particularly from 1 to 3 heteroatoms.
  • “Alkanoyl” is an acyl group wherein R 20 is a group other than hydrogen.
  • R 21 is C 1 –C 8 alkyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy; or C 3 –C 10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, C 6 –C 10 aryl, arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, each of which is substituted with unsubstituted C 1 – C 4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C 1 –C 4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C 1 –C 4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted C 1 – C 4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C 1 –C 4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
  • aminoalkyl refers to a substituted alkyl group wherein one or more of the hydrogen atoms are independently replaced by an –NH 2 group.
  • hydroxyalkyl refers to a substituted alkyl group wherein one or more of the hydrogen atoms are independently replaced by an –OH group.
  • alkylamino and dialkylamino refer to ⁇ NH(alkyl) and ⁇ N(alkyl) 2 radicals, respectively. In an embodiment the alkylamino is a ⁇ NH(C 1 ⁇ C 4 alkyl).
  • the alkylamino is methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino, isopropylamino, n- butylamino, iso-butylamino, sec-butylamino or tert-butylamino.
  • the dialkylamino is ⁇ N(C 1 ⁇ C 6 alkyl) 2 .
  • dialkylamino is a dimethylamino, a methylethylamino, a diethylamino, a methylpropylamino, a methylisopropylamino, a methylbutylamino, a methylisobutylamino or a methyltertbutylamino.
  • aryloxy refers to an –O–aryl radical. In an embodiment the aryloxy group is phenoxy.
  • haloalkoxy refers to alkoxy structures that are substituted with one or more halo groups or with combinations thereof.
  • fluoroalkoxy includes haloalkoxy groups, in which the halo is fluorine.
  • haloalkoxy groups are difluoromethoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
  • Alkoxy refers to the group –OR 29 where R 29 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstitued alkenyl, substituted or unsubstitued alkynyl, substituted or unsubstitued carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstitued heteroaryl.
  • Particular alkoxy groups are methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n- hexoxy, and 1,2-dimethylbutoxy.
  • Particular alkoxy groups are lower alkoxy, i.e., with between 1 and 6 carbon atoms. Further particular alkoxy groups have between 1 and 4 carbon atoms.
  • R 29 is a group that has 1 or more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, in particular 1 substituent, selected from the group consisting of amino, substituted amino, C 6 –C 10 aryl, aryloxy, carboxyl, cyano, C 3 –C 10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, halogen, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, hydroxyl, nitro, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thiol, alkyl-S(O)-, aryl–S(O)-, alkyl–S(O) 2 – and aryl-S(O) 2 -.
  • substituents for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, in particular 1 substituent, selected from the group consisting of amino, substituted amino, C 6 –C 10 aryl, aryloxy, carboxyl, cyano, C 3 –
  • Exemplary ’substituted alkoxy’ groups include, but are not limited to, –O– (CH 2 ) t (C 6 –C 10 aryl), –O–(CH 2 ) t (5-10 membered heteroaryl), –O–(CH 2 ) t (C 3 –C 10 cycloalkyl), and –O–(CH 2 ) t (4-10 membered heterocyclyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4 and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted C 1 –C 4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C 1 –C 4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C 1 –C 4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted C 1 –C 4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C 1 –C 4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
  • Particular exemplary ’substituted alkoxy’ groups are –OCF 3 , –OCH 2 CF 3 , –OCH 2 Ph, –OCH 2 - cyclopropyl, –OCH 2 CH 2 OH, and –OCH 2 CH 2 NMe 2 .
  • “Amino” refers to the radical –NH 2 .
  • Substituted amino refers to an amino group of the formula –N(R 38 ) 2 wherein R 38 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstitued alkenyl, substituted or unsubstitued alkynyl, substituted or unsubstitued carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstitued heteroaryl, or an amino protecting group, wherein at least one of R 38 is not a hydrogen.
  • each R 38 is independently selected from hydrogen, C 1 –C 8 alkyl, C 3 –C 8 alkenyl, C 3 –C 8 alkynyl, C 6 –C 10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, or C 3 –C 10 cycloalkyl; or C 1 –C 8 alkyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy; C 3 –C 8 alkenyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy; C 3 –C 8 alkynyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy, or -(CH 2 ) t (C 6 –C 10 aryl), - (CH 2 ) t (5-10 membered heteroaryl), -(CH 2 ) t (C 3 –C 10 cycloalkyl), or -(CH 2 ) t (4-10 membered heterocyclyl), wherein t is an integer between 0 and 8, each of which is substituted by un
  • Exemplary “substituted amino” groups include, but are not limited to, –NR 39 –C 1 –C 8 alkyl, –NR 39 -(CH 2 ) t (C 6 –C 10 aryl), –NR 39 -(CH 2 ) t (5-10 membered heteroaryl), –NR 39 - (CH 2 ) t (C 3 –C 10 cycloalkyl), and –NR 39 -(CH 2 ) t (4-10 membered heterocyclyl), wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4, for instance 1 or 2, each R 39 independently represents H or C 1 –C 8 alkyl; and any alkyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by halo, substituted or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy; and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by unsubstituted C 1 –C 4 alkyl, halo, un
  • substituted amino includes the groups alkylamino, substituted alkylamino, alkylarylamino, substituted alkylarylamino, arylamino, substituted arylamino, dialkylamino, and substituted dialkylamino as defined below.
  • Substituted amino encompasses both monosubstituted amino and disubstituted amino groups.
  • the substituent present on the nitrogen atom is a nitrogen protecting group (also referred to herein as an “amino protecting group”).
  • Nitrogen protecting groups are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3 rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, incorporated herein by reference.
  • each instance of R aa is, independently, selected from ⁇ C 1-10 alkyl, ⁇ C 1-10 perhaloalkyl, ⁇ C 2-10 alkenyl, ⁇ C 2-10 alkynyl, heteroC 1-10 alkyl, heteroC 2–10 alkenyl, heteroC 2–10 alkynyl, C 3–10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C 6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, or two R aa groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R dd groups; each instance of R bb is, independently, selected from hydrogen, ⁇ OH,
  • each instance of R cc is, independently, selected from hydrogen, ⁇ C 1-10 alkyl, ⁇ C 1-10 perhaloalkyl, ⁇ C 2-10 alkenyl, ⁇ C 2-10 alkynyl, heteroC 1-10 alkyl, heteroC 2-10 alkenyl, heteroC 2-10 alkynyl, C 3–10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C 6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, or two R cc groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R dd groups; each instance of R dd is, independently, selected from halogen, ⁇ CN, ⁇ NO 2
  • Nitrogen protecting groups such as carbamate groups include, but are not limited to, methyl carbamate, ethyl carbamate, 9-fluorenylmethyl carbamate (Fmoc), 9-(2-sulfo)fluorenylmethyl carbamate, 9-(2,7-dibromo)fluorenylmethyl carbamate, 2,7-di-t- butyl-[9-(10,10-dioxo-10,10,10,10-tetrahydrothioxanthyl)]methyl carbamate (DBD-Tmoc), 4-methoxyphenacyl carbamate (Phenoc), 2,2,2-trichloroethyl carbamate (Troc), 2- trimethylsilylethyl carbamate (Teoc), 2-phenylethyl carbamate (hZ), 1-(1-adamantyl)-1- methylethyl
  • Nitrogen protecting groups such as sulfonamide groups include, but are not limited to, p-toluenesulfonamide (Ts), benzenesulfonamide, 2,3,6-trimethyl-4- methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtr), 2,4,6-trimethoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtb), 2,6- dimethyl-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Pme), 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-4- methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mte), 4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mbs), 2,4,6- trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Mts), 2,6-dimethoxy-4-methylbenzenesulfonamide (iMds), 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethylchroman-6-sulfonamide (Pmc), methanes
  • Ts p-toluenesulfonamide
  • Mtr 2,
  • nitrogen protecting groups include, but are not limited to, phenothiazinyl-(10)- acyl derivative, N’-p-toluenesulfonylaminoacyl derivative, N’-phenylaminothioacyl derivative, N-benzoylphenylalanyl derivative, N-acetylmethionine derivative, 4,5-diphenyl-3- oxazolin-2-one, N-phthalimide, N-dithiasuccinimide (Dts), N-2,3-diphenylmaleimide, N-2,5- dimethylpyrrole, N-1,1,4,4-tetramethyldisilylazacyclopentane adduct (STABASE), 5- substituted 1,3-dimethyl-1,3,5-triazacyclohexan-2-one, 5-substituted 1,3-dibenzyl-1,3,5- triazacyclohexan-2-one, 1-substituted 3,5-di
  • the substituent present on an oxygen atom is an oxygen protecting group (also referred to herein as an “hydroxyl protecting group”).
  • Oxygen protecting groups are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3 rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, incorporated herein by reference.
  • oxygen protecting groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, methoxymethyl (MOM), methylthiomethyl (MTM), t-butylthiomethyl, (phenyldimethylsilyl)methoxymethyl (SMOM), benzyloxymethyl (BOM), p- methoxybenzyloxymethyl (PMBM), (4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl (p-AOM), guaiacolmethyl (GUM), t-butoxymethyl, 4-pentenyloxymethyl (POM), siloxymethyl, 2- methoxyethoxymethyl (MEM), 2,2,2-trichloroethoxymethyl, bis(2-chloroethoxy)methyl, 2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl (SEMOR), tetrahydropyranyl (THP), 3- bromotetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, 1-methoxycyclohexyl, 4- methoxytetrahydropyranyl (MTHP
  • the substituent present on a sulfur atom is a sulfur protecting group (also referred to as a “thiol protecting group”).
  • Sulfur protecting groups are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3 rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, incorporated herein by reference.
  • the term “leaving group” is given its ordinary meaning in the art of synthetic organic chemistry and refers to an atom or a group capable of being displaced by a nucleophile.
  • Suitable leaving groups include, but are not limited to, halogen (such as F, Cl, Br, or I (iodine)), alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, alkanesulfonyloxy, arenesulfonyloxy, alkyl-carbonyloxy (e.g., acetoxy), arylcarbonyloxy, aryloxy, methoxy, N,O-dimethylhydroxylamino, pixyl, and haloformates.
  • halogen such as F, Cl, Br, or I (iodine
  • the leaving group is halogen, alkanesulfonyloxy, arenesulfonyloxy, diazonium, alkyl diazenes, aryl diazenes, alkyl triazenes, aryl triazenes, nitro, alkyl nitrate, aryl nitrate, alkyl phosphate, aryl phosphate, alkyl carbonyl oxy, aryl carbonyl oxy, alkoxcarbonyl oxy, aryoxcarbonyl oxy ammonia, alkyl amines, aryl amines, hydroxyl group, alkyloxy group, or aryloxy.
  • the leaving group is a brosylate, such as p-bromobenzenesulfonyloxy.
  • the leaving group is a nosylate, such as 2-nitrobenzenesulfonyloxy.
  • the leaving group is a sulfonate-containing group.
  • the leaving group is a tosylate group.
  • the leaving group may also be a phosphineoxide (e.g., formed during a Mitsunobu reaction) or an internal leaving group such as an epoxide or cyclic sulfate.
  • Other non-limiting examples of leaving groups are water, ammonia, alcohols, ether moieties, thioether moieties, zinc halides, magnesium moieties, diazonium salts, and copper moieties.
  • Cyano refers to the radical –CN.
  • Halo or “halogen” refers to fluoro (F), chloro (Cl), bromo (Br), and iodo (I). In an embodiment, the halo group is either fluoro or chloro.
  • Haloalkyl refers to an alkyl radical in which the alkyl group is substituted with one or more halogens.
  • Typical haloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethyl (– CF 3 ), difluoromethyl (–CHF 2 ), fluoromethyl (–CH 2 F), chloromethyl (–CH 2 Cl), dichloromethyl (–CHCl 2 ), tribromomethyl (–CH 2 Br), and the like.
  • “Hydroxy” refers to the radical –OH.
  • “Nitro” refers to the radical –NO 2 .
  • Alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups, as defined herein, are optionally substituted (e.g., “substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkenyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkynyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” carbocyclyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heterocyclyl, “substituted” or “unsubstituted” aryl or “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroaryl group).
  • substituted means that at least one hydrogen present on a group (e.g., a carbon or nitrogen atom) is replaced with a permissible substituent, e.g., a substituent which upon substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, or other reaction.
  • a “substituted” group has a substituent at one or more substitutable positions of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure is substituted, the substituent is either the same or different at each position.
  • substituted is contemplated to include substitution with all permissible substituents of organic compounds, any of the substituents described herein that results in the formation of a stable compound.
  • the present invention contemplates any and all such combinations in order to arrive at a stable compound.
  • heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any suitable substituent as described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms and results in the formation of a stable moiety.
  • a “counterion” or “anionic counterion” is a negatively charged group associated with a cationic quaternary amino group in order to maintain electronic neutrality.
  • exemplary counterions include halide ions (e.g., F – , Cl – , Br – , I – ), NO 3 – , ClO 4 – , OH – , H 2 PO 4 – , HSO 4 – , SO 4 -2 , sulfonate ions (e.g., methansulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate, p–toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, 10–camphor sulfonate, naphthalene–2–sulfonate, naphthalene–1–sulfonic acid–5–sulfonate, ethan–1–sulfonic acid–2–sulfonate, and the like), and carboxy
  • Nitrogen atoms can be substituted or unsubstituted as valency permits, and include primary, secondary, tertiary, and quarternary nitrogen atoms.
  • USP1 and "ubiquitin-specific peptidase 1" as used herein refer to any native polypeptide or USP1 -encoding polynucleotide.
  • USP1 encompasses " full- length,” unprocessed USP1 polypeptide as well as any forms of USP1 that result from processing within the cell (e g., removal of the signal peptide).
  • the term also encompasses naturally occurring variants of USP1, e.g., those encoded by splice variants and allelic variants.
  • USP1 polypeptides described herein can be isolated from a variety of sources, such as from human tissue types or from another source, or prepared by recombinant or synthetic methods.
  • Human USP1 sequences are known and include, for example, the sequences publicly available as UniProt No.094782 (including isoforms).
  • the term "human USP1 protein” refers to USP1 protein comprising the amino acid sequence as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 1 in U S. provisional patent application no.62/857,986 filed June 6, 2019.
  • USP1 is a deubiquitinating enzyme that acts as part of a complex with UAF1.
  • USP1 deubiquitinase activity
  • USP1- UAF1 complex includes its ability to deubiquitinate as part of the USP1- UAF1 complex.
  • the term “specifically binds" to a protein or domain of a protein is a term that is well understood in the art, and methods to determine such specific binding are also well known in the art.
  • a molecule is said to exhibit "specific binding” or “preferential binding” if it reacts or associates more frequently, more rapidly, with greater duration and/or with greater affinity with a particular protein or domain of a protein than it does with alternative proteins or domains. It should be understood that a molecule that specifically or preferentially binds to a first protein or domain may or may not specifically or preferentially bind to a second protein or domain.
  • binding does not necessarily require (although it can include) exclusive binding.
  • reference to binding means preferential binding.
  • a USP1 inhibitor that specifically binds to USP1, UAF1, and/or the USP1-UAF1 complex may not bind to other deubiquitinases, other USP proteins, or other UAF1 complexes (e.g., USP46-UAF1) or may bind to other deubiquitinases, other USP proteins, or other UAF1 complexes (e.g., USP46-UAF1) with a reduced affinity as compared to binding to USP1.
  • reduction or “reduce” or “inhibition” or “inhibit” refer to a decrease or cessation of any phenotypic characteristic or to the decrease or cessation in the incidence, degree, or likelihood of that characteristic.
  • To “reduce” or “inhibit” is to decrease, reduce or arrest an activity, function, and/or amount as compared to a reference.
  • by “reduce” or “inhibit” is meant the ability to cause an overall decrease of 20% or greater.
  • by “reduce” or “inhibit” is meant the ability to cause an overall decrease of 50% or greater.
  • inhibiting USP1 proteins is the inhibition of one or more activities or functions of USP1 proteins. It should be appreciated that the activity or function of the one or more USP1 proteins may be inhibited in vitro or in vivo. Non limiting examples of activities and functions of USP1 include deubiquitinase activity, and formation of a complex with UAF l and are described herein.
  • Examplary levels of inhibition of the activity of one or more USP1 proteins include at least 10% inhibiton, at least 20% inhibition, at least 30% inhibition, at least 40% inhibition, at least 50% inhibition, at least 60% inhibition, at least 70% inhibition, at least 80% inhibition, at least 90% inhibition, and up to 100% inhibition.
  • Loss of function mutation refers to a mutation that results in the absence of a gene, decreased expression of a gene, or the production of a gene product (e.g., protein) having decreased activity or no activity. Loss of function mutations include for example, missense mutations, nucleotide insertions, nucleotide deletions, and gene deletions. Loss of function mutations also include dominant negative mutations.
  • cancer cells with a loss of function mutation in a gene encoding BRCA1 or BRCA2 include cancer cells that contain missense mutations in a gene encoding BRCA1 or BRCA2 as well as cancer cells that lack a gene encoding BRCA1 or BRCA2.
  • salt refers to any and all salts and encompasses pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds disclosed herein include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange.
  • salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2–hydroxy–ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2– naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pec
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and N + (C 1–4 alkyl) 4 salts.
  • Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like.
  • Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate, sulfate, phosphate, nitrate, lower alkyl sulfonate, and aryl sulfonate.
  • a “subject” to which administration is contemplated includes, but is not limited to, humans (i.e., a male or female of any age group, e.g., a pediatric subject (e.g., infant, child, adolescent) or adult subject (e.g., young adult, middle–aged adult or senior adult)) and/or a non-human animal, e.g., a mammal such as primates (e.g., cynomologus monkeys, rhesus monkeys), cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, goats, rodents, cats, and/or dogs.
  • the subject is a human.
  • the subject is a non-human animal.
  • the terms “human,” “patient,” and “subject” are used interchangeably herein.
  • Disease, disorder, and condition are used interchangeably herein.
  • the terms “treat,” “treating” and “treatment” contemplate an action that occurs while a subject is suffering from the specified disease, disorder or condition, which reduces the severity of the disease, disorder or condition, or retards or slows the progression of the disease, disorder or condition (“therapeutic treatment”), and also contemplates an action that occurs before a subject begins to suffer from the specified disease, disorder or condition (“prophylactic treatment”).
  • the compounds provided herein are contemplated to be used in methods of therapeutic treatment wherein the action occurs while a subject is suffering from the specified disease, disorder or condition and results in a reduction in the severity of the disease, disorder or condition, or retardation or slowing of the progression of the disease, disorder or condition.
  • the compounds provided herein are contemplated to be used in methods of prophylactic treatment wherein the action occurs before a subject begins to suffer from the specified disease, disorder or condition and results in preventing a disease, disorder or condition, or one or more symptoms associated with the disease, disorder or condition, or preventing the recurrence of the disease, disorder or condition.
  • the “effective amount” of a compound refers to an amount sufficient to elicit the desired biological response.
  • the effective amount of a compound disclosed herein may vary depending on such factors as the desired biological endpoint, the pharmacokinetics of the compound, the disease being treated, the mode of administration, and the age, health, and condition of the subject.
  • An effective amount encompasses therapeutic and prophylactic treatment.
  • An effective amount encompasses therapeutic and prophylactic treatment (i.e., encompasses a “therapeutically effective amount” and a “prophylactically effective amount”).
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” of a compound is an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of a disease, disorder or condition, or to delay or minimize one or more symptoms associated with the disease, disorder or condition.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound means an amount of therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other therapies, which provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of the disease, disorder or condition.
  • the term “therapeutically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall therapy, reduces or avoids symptoms or causes of disease or condition, or enhances the therapeutic efficacy of another therapeutic agent.
  • a “prophylactically effective amount” of a compound is an amount sufficient to prevent a disease, disorder or condition, or one or more symptoms associated with the disease, disorder or condition, or prevent its recurrence.
  • a prophylactically effective amount of a compound means an amount of a therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other agents, which provides a prophylactic benefit in the prevention of the disease, disorder or condition.
  • the term “prophylactically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall prophylaxis or enhances the prophylactic efficacy of another prophylactic agent.
  • the term “container” means any receptacle and closure therefore suitable for storing, shipping, dispensing, and/or handling a pharmaceutical product.
  • the term “insert” or “package insert” means information accompanying a pharmaceutical product that provides a description of how to administer the product, along with the safety and efficacy data required to allow the physician, pharmacist, and patient to make an informed decision regarding use of the product.
  • the package insert generally is regarded as the "label” for a pharmaceutical product.
  • a compound of Formula (I) or to “a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II)” refers to all embodiments of Formula (I) and Formula (II), including, for example, compounds of Formula (I), Formula (I-a), Formula (I- b), Formula (I-c), Formula (I-d), Formula (I-e), Formula (I-f), Formula (II) and Formula (II-a) as well as the compounds of Table 1.
  • the compounds are provided as free base or pharmaceutically acceptable salts. In an embodiment, including any of the numbered embodiments described herein, the compounds are provided as free base. In an embodiment, including any of the numbered embodiments described herein, the compounds are provided as pharmaceutically acceptable salts. [0148] In an embodiment, provided is a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof; wherein:
  • Ring B is: wherein X 1 and X 2 are each independently selected from N and CH; Ring A is selected from the group consisting of: wherein X 3 is selected from N and CH and wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D; Ring C is a 5-6 membered carbocyclyl, 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl or 5-6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl fused to the pyrimidine ring of Formula (I); Ring C 1 is a nitrogen containing, 5 membered monocyclic heteroaryl fused to the triazine ring of formula (II); L is selected from the group consisting of –O– and –NR n –, wherein R n is selected from the group consisting of H and –C 1 –C 6 alkyl; and Ring D is a 5-10 membered heteroaryl or a 3-10 membered heterocyclyl; wherein Ring A, Ring B, Ring C,
  • the compound is of Formula (I).
  • the compound is of Formula (II).
  • provided is a compound of Formula (I-a) or Formula (II-a) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof; wherein:
  • X 1 and X 2 are each independently CH or N;
  • Ring A is selected from the group consisting of: wherein X 3 is CH or N and wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D;
  • Ring C is a 5-6 membered carbocyclyl, 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl or a 5-6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl fused to the pyrimidine ring of Formula (I);
  • Ring C 1 is a nitrogen containing 5 membered monocyclic heteroaryl fused to the triazine ring of Formula (II);
  • L is selected from the group consisting of –O– and –NR n –, wherein R n is selected from H and –C 1 –C 6 alkyl;
  • a compound of Formula (I-a) or Formula (II-a) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof wherein: wherein X 1 , X 2 , Ring A, Ring C, Ring C 1 , Ring D, R A , R B , R C , R D , R c , R c ’, m, n, p and q are as defined in any of te embodiments described herein.
  • Ring A is selected from the group consisting of: wherein 3 X is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein, wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D.
  • X 3 is CH or N. In an embodiment, X 3 is CH.
  • Ring A is selected from the group consisting of and wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D. [0159] In an embodiment, Ring A is wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D. [0160] In an embodiment, Ring A is wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D. [0161] In an embodiment, Ring A is wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D.
  • Ring A is optionally substituted at any available position.
  • Ring A is substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 instances of R A , wherein each R A is independently selected as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • Ring A is unsubstituted.
  • Ring A is substituted with 1 or 2 instances of R A , wherein each R A is independently selected as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • Ring A is substituted with 1 instance of R A , wherein each R A is independently selected as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • Ring A is substituted with 2 instances of R A , wherein each R A is independently selected as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • Ring A is substituted with 3 instances of R A , wherein each R A is independently selected as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • the moiety represented as is selected from the group consisting wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D.
  • the moiety represented as is selected from the group consisting of wherein the left- side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D.
  • the moiety represented as is selected from the group consisting of , wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D. [0166] In an embodiment, the moiety represented as wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D. [0167] In an embodiment, the moiety represented as , wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D. [0168] In an embodiment, the moiety represented as wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D.
  • X 1 is N. In an embodiment, X 1 is CH.
  • X 2 is selected from N and CH. In an embodiment, X 2 is N. In an embodiment, X 2 is CH. [0175] In an embodiment, X 1 is N and X 2 is CH. In an embodiment, X 1 is CH and X 2 is N. In an embodiment, X 1 and X 2 are both N. In an embodiment, X 1 and X 2 are both CH. [0176] In an embodiment, Ring B is . In an embodiment, Ring B is . In an embodiment, Ring B is . In an embodiment, Ring B is . In an embodiment, Ring B is optionally substituted.
  • ring B is substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 instances of R B wherein each R B is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. In an embodiment, ring B is unsubstituted. In an embodiment, ring B is substituted with 1 or 2 instances of R B wherein each R B is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. In an embodiment, ring B is substituted with 1 instance of R B wherein each R B is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. In an embodiment, ring B is substituted with 2 instances of R B wherein each R B is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. In an embodiment, ring B is substituted with 3 instances of R B wherein each R B is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • the moiety represented as is selected from the group consisting of , wherein ea 1 2 ch R and R are as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. [0178] In an embodiment, the moiety represented as is selected from the group consisting of [0179] In an embodiment, the moiety represented as is selected from the group consisting of [0180] In an embodiment, the moiety represented as is selected from the group consisting of , [0181] In an embodiment, the moiety represented as In an embodiment, the moiety represented as In an embodiment, In an embodiment, the moiety represented as [0182] As generally defined herein, Ring C is a 5-6 membered carbocyclyl, 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl or 5-6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl fused to the pyrimidine ring of Formula (I).
  • Ring C selected from the group consisting of: wherein represents the portion of Ring C fused to the pyrimidine ring, regardless of orientation; Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , Y 5 , Y 6 , Y 7 , Y 8 , Y 9 , Y 10 , W 1 , W 2 , Z 1 , Z 2 , Z 3 , Z 4 , Z 5 , Z 6 , and Z 7 are as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • Y 3 CH–.
  • Y 4 CH–.
  • Y 5 CH–.
  • Y 5 N–.
  • Y 6 CH–.
  • Y 6 N–.
  • Y 7 CH–.
  • Y 7 N–.
  • W 2 is independently selected from –S–, –O– and –NH–. In an embodiment, W 2 is –S–. In an embodiment, W 2 is –O–. In an embodiment, W 2 is –NH– . As generally defined herein, Z 1 is independently selected from –CH 2 –, –O– and –NH– , provided that if Z 1 is –O– or –NH–, then Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 are –CH 2 –. In an embodiment, Z 1 is –CH 2 –. In an embodiment, Z 1 is –O– and Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 are –CH 2 –.
  • Z 1 is –NH– and Z 2 , Z 3 , and Z 4 are —CH 2 –.
  • Z 2 is independently selected from –CH 2 –, –O– and –NH– , provided that if Z 2 is –O– or –NH–, then Z 1 , Z 3 , and Z 4 are –CH 2 –.
  • Z 2 is –CH 2 –.
  • Z 2 is –O– and Z 1 , Z 3 , and Z 4 are –CH 2 –.
  • Z 2 is –NH– and Z 1 , Z 3 , and Z 4 are –CH 2 –.
  • Z 3 is independently selected from –CH 2 –, –O– and –NH– , provided that if Z 3 is –O– or –NH–, then Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 4 are –CH 2 –.
  • Z 3 is –CH 2 –.
  • Z 3 is –O– and Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 4 are –CH 2 –.
  • Z 3 is –NH– and Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 4 are –CH 2 –.
  • Z 4 is independently selected from –CH 2 –, –O– and –NH– , provided that if Z 4 is –O– or –NH–, then Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 are –CH 2 –. In an embodiment, Z 4 is –CH 2 –. In an embodiment, Z 4 is –O– and Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 are –CH 2 –. In an embodiment, Z 4 is –NH– and Z 1 , Z 2 , and Z 3 are –CH 2 –.
  • Z 5 is independently selected from –CH 2 –, –O– and –NH– , provided that if Z 5 is –O– or –NH–, then Z 6 and Z 7 are —CH 2 –.
  • Z 5 is – CH 2 –.
  • Z 5 is –O– and Z 6 and Z 7 are –CH 2 –.
  • Z 5 is –NH– and Z 6 and Z 7 are –CH 2 –.
  • Z 6 is independently selected from –CH 2 –, –O– and –NH– , provided that if Z 6 is –O– or –NH–, then Z 5 and Z 7 are –CH 2 –.
  • Z 6 is – CH 2 –. In an embodiment, Z 6 is –O– and Z 5 and Z 7 are –CH 2 –. In an embodiment, Z6 5 is – NH– and Z 5 and Z 7 are –CH 2 –. As generally defined herein, Z 7 is independently selected from –CH 2 –, –O– and –NH– , provided that if Z 7 is –O– or –NH–, then Z 5 and Z 6 are –CH 2 –. In an embodiment, Z 7 is – CH 2 –. In an embodiment, Z 7 is –O– and Z 5 and Z 6 are –CH 2 –. In an embodiment, Z 7 is –NH– and Z 5 and Z 6 are –CH 2 –.
  • Ring C is selected from the group consisting of wherein Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , Y 5 , Y 6 , 7 8 1 Y , Y , W and W 2 are as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. [0185] In an embodiment, Ring C is selected from the group consisting of wherein Y 5 , Y 6 , Y 7 , Y 8 , W 1 and 2 W are as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. [0186] In an embodiment, Ring C is wherein Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 and Y 4 are as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • Ring C is wherein Y 5 , Y 6 and W 1 are as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. In an embodiment, Ring C is wherein Y 7 , Y 8 and W 2 are as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. In an embodiment, Ring C is wherein Y 9 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. In an embodiment, Ring C is wherein Y 10 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. In an embodiment, Ring C is In an emb 1 2 3 4 odiment, Ring C is wherein Z , Z , Z and Z are as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • Ring C is wherein Z 5 , 6 7 Z and Z are as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. [0187] In an embodiment, Ring C is selected from the group consisting of: wherein represents the portion of Ring C fused to the pyrimidine ring, regardless of orientation. [0188] In an embodiment, Ring C is wherein represents the portion of Ring C fused to the pyrimidine ring, regardless of orientation. In an embodiment, Ring C is wherein
  • Ring C represents the portion of Ring C fused to the pyrimidine ring, regardless of orientation.
  • Ring C as defined in any of the above embodiments is optionally substituted.
  • Ring C is substituted at any available position with 0, 1 or 2 instances of R C , wherein R C is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Ring C 1 is a nitrogen containing 5 membered monocyclic heteroaryl fused to the triazine ring of formula (II).
  • Ring C 1 is [0194] In an embodiment, Ring C 1 as defined in any of the above embodiments is optionally substituted. In an embodiment, Ring C 1 is substituted at any available position with 0, 1 or 2 instances of R C , wherein R C is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • the portion of Formula (II-a) represented as is wherein R C and q are as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. In an embodiment, the portion of Formula (II-a) represented as . [0196] In an embodiment, the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as is selected from the group consisting of:
  • the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as is embodiment, the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as In an embodiment, the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as In an embodiment, the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as In an embodiment, the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as In an embodiment, the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as In an embodiment, the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as In an embodiment, the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as In an embodiment, the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as In an embodiment, the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as In an embodiment, the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as In an embodiment, the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as In an embodiment, the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as In an embodiment, the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as In an embodiment, the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as In an embodiment, the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as In an embodiment, the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as In an embodiment
  • Ring D is a 5-10 membered heteroaryl or a 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, provided that in Formula (I), Formula (I-a), Formula (I-b) and Formula (I-c) when L is NR n Ring D is 2-imidazolyl.
  • Ring D is a 3-7 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S (e.g., azetidinyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl).
  • Ring D is a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S (e.g., pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, oxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl and triazolyl).
  • Ring D is selected from the group consisting of pyridinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl and imidazolyl.
  • Ring D is selected from the group consisting of pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, pyrimidin-4-yl, pyrimidin-5-yl, pyrimidin-6-yl, pyrazin-2-yl, pyrazin-3-yl, pyridazin-3-yl, pyridazin-4-yl, pyridazin-5-yl, pyridazin-6-yl, pyrrol-2-yl, pyrazol-1-yl, pyrazol-4-yl, pyrazol-5-yl, imidazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, thiadiazol-3-yl, thiadiazol-5-yl, oxadiazol-3-yl, oxadiazol-5-yl, 1,2,3 triazol-1-yl and 1,2,5 thi
  • Ring D is selected from the group consisting of pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridazin-3-yl, pyrazol-1-yl and imidazol-2-yl.
  • Ring D is a 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing 1-3 nitrogen atoms (e.g., pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl).
  • Ring D is pyridinyl (e.g., pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl), pyrimidinyl, (e.g., pyrimidin-2-yl, pyrimidin-4-yl, pyrimidin-5-yl, pyrimidin-6-yl), pyrazinyl (e.g., pyrazin-2-yl, pyrazin-3-yl) or pyridazinyl (e.g., pyridazin-3-yl, pyridazin-4-yl, pyridazin-5-yl, pyridazin-6-yl).
  • pyridinyl e.g., pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl
  • pyrimidinyl e.g., pyrimidin-2-yl, pyrimidin-4-yl, pyr
  • Ring D is a 5 membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S. [0203] In an embodiment, Ring D is selected from pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, oxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl and triazolyl.
  • Ring D is selected from pyrrolyl (e.g., pyrrol-2-yl), pyrazolyl (e.g., pyrazol-1-yl, pyrazol-4-yl, pyrazol-5-yl) , imidazolyl (e.g., imidazol-2-yl), thiazolyl (e.g., thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl), thiadiazolyl (e.g., thiadiazol-3-yl, thiadiazol-5-yl), oxadiazolyl (e.g., oxadiazol-3-yl, oxadiazol-5-yl) and triazolyl (e.g., 1,2,3 triazol-1-yl, 1,2,5 thiazol-4-yl).
  • pyrrolyl e.g., pyrrol-2-yl
  • pyrazolyl e.g., pyrazol-1-yl, pyr
  • Ring D is pyrrolyl (e.g., pyrrol-2-yl).
  • Ring D is selected from imidazolyl (e.g., imidazol-2-yl) and pyrazolyl (e.g., pyrazol-1-yl).
  • Ring D is pyrazolyl (e.g., pyrazol-1-yl, pyrazol-3-yl, pyrazol-4-yl, pyrazol-5-yl).
  • Ring D is pyrazol-1-yl.
  • Ring D is imidazolyl (e.g., imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl, imidazol-5-yl). In an embodiment, Ring D is imidazol-2-yl. In an embodiment, Ring D is thiazolyl (e.g., thiazol-2- yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl). In an embodiment, Ring D is furanyl (e.g., furan-2-yl, furan-3- yl). In an embodiment, Ring D is thiophenyl (e.g., thiophen-2-yl, thiophen-3-yl).
  • Ring D is oxazolyl (e.g., oxazol-2-yl, oxazol-4-yl, oxazol-5-yl). In an embodiment, Ring D is thiadiazolyl. In an embodiment, Ring D is oxadiazolyl. [0205] In an embodiment, Ring D as defined in any of the above embodiments is optionally substituted at any available position. In an embodiment, Ring D is substituted with 0, 1, 2 or 3 instances of R D , wherein each R D is independently selected as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. In an embodiment, Ring D is substituted with 0, 1 or 2 instances of R D , wherein each R D is independently selected as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • Ring D is unsubstituted. In an embodiment, Ring D is substituted with 1 or 2 instances of R D , wherein each R D is independently selected as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. In an embodiment, Ring D is substituted with 1 instance of R D , wherein each R D is independently selected as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. In an embodiment, Ring D is substituted with 2 instances of R D , wherein each R D is independently selected as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. In an embodiment, Ring D is substituted with 3 instances of R D , wherein each R D is independently selected as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • the moiety represented by is selected from the group consisting of [0207] In an embodiment, the moiety represented by is selected from the group consisting of and [0208] In an embodiment, the moiety represented by is selected from the group consisting of [0209] In an embodiment, the moiety represented by In an [0210] As generally defined herein, L is selected from –O– and –NR n –, wherein R n is selected from H, and –C 1 –C 6 alkyl. [0211] In an embodiment, L is selected from –O– and –NR n – and R n is selected from H and – Me. In an embodiment, L is –O–.
  • L is –NR n – and R n is selected from H and –Me.
  • L is –NH–.
  • each R c and R c ’ is independently selected from H, –D, – C 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g., –Me), –hetero C 1 –C 4 alkyl and –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl or R c and R c ’ can be taken together with the atom to which they are attached to form a –C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl) or a carbonyl.
  • a –C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl e.g., cyclopropyl
  • R c and R c ’ are each independently selected from H and –Me or are taken together to form a carbonyl group. In an embodiment, R c and R c ’ are both H. [0214] In an embodiment, R c is H and R c ’ is –Me. [0215] In an embodiment, R c and R c ’ are each independently H. [0216] In an embodiment, R c and R c ’ are each independently –C 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g., –Me, –Et, – Pr, –iPr, – n Bu, –sec-Bu, –iso-Bu, – t Bu).
  • R c and R c ’ are each independently –Me. In an embodiment, R c and R c ’ are each independently –Et. In an embodiment R c and R c ’ are each independently –Pr. In an embodiment, R c and R c ’ are each independently –iPr. [0217] In an embodiment, R c and R c ’ are each independently –heteroC 1 -C 4 alkyl. In an embodiment, R c and R c ’ are each independently methoxymethyl (–CH 2 OCH 3 ). In an embodiment, R c and R c ’ are each independently hydroxymethyl (–CH 2 OH).
  • R c and R c ’ are each independently aminomethyl (e.g., –CH 2 NH 2 , –CH 2 NHCH 3 , –CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R c and R c ’ are each independently –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl.
  • R c and R c ’ are each independently trifluoromethyl (–CF 3 ).
  • R c and R c ’ are each independently difluoromethyl (–CHF 2 ).
  • R c and R c ’ are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a –C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl).
  • R c and R c ’ are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a cyclopropyl.
  • R c and R c ’ are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a cyclobutyl.
  • R c and R c ’ are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a cyclopentyl. In an embodiment, R c and R c ’ are taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a cyclohexyl.
  • n is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4. In an embodiment, n is selected from 0, 1, 2 or 3. In an embodiment, n is selected from 0, 1 or 2. In an embodiment, n is selected from 0 or 1. In an embodiment n is 0. In an embodiment, n is 1 or 2. In an embodiment, n is 1. In an embodiment, n is 2. In an embodiment, n is 3.
  • n is 4 [0222] As generally defined herein, m is 0, 1, 2 or 3. In an embodiment, m is selected from 0, 1 or 2. In an embodiment, m is selected from 0 or 1. In an embodiment m is 0. In an embodiment, m is 1 or 2. In an embodiment, m is 1. In an embodiment, m is 2. [0223] As generally defined herein, p is 0, 1, 2 or 3. In an embodiment, p is selected from 1, 2 or 3. In an embodiment, p is selected from 0, 1 or 2. In an embodiment, p is selected from 0 or 1. In an embodiment p is 0. In an embodiment, p is 1 or 2. In an embodiment, p is 2 or 3. In an embodiment, p is 1. In an embodiment, p is 2.
  • p is 3.
  • q is 0, 1 or 2. In an embodiment, q is selected from 0 or 1. In an embodiment q is 0. In an embodiment, q is 1 or 2. In an embodiment, q is 1. In an embodiment, q is 2.
  • each R A is independently selected from –D, oxo, halo, – CN, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl, –C 1 –C 6 hydroxyalkyl, –C 3 –C 10 cycloalkyl, –OR A1 and – N(R A1 ) 2 , wherein each R A1 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • each R A is independently selected from –D, oxo, halo (e.g., –F, –Cl), –C 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g., –Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, – t Bu), –OH and –O–C 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g., –OMe, –OEt, – OPr, –O i Pr, –O n Bu, –O t Bu).
  • each R A is independently selected from – OC 1 –C 3 alkyl and halo.
  • each R A is independently and halo.
  • each R A is independently selected from –F, –Cl, –Me, –OH and –OMe. In an embodiment, each R A is independently selected from –OMe and –F. In an embodiment, each R A is independently selected from –OC 1 –C 3 alkyl and –F. In an embodiment, each R A is independently –OMe. In an embodiment, each R A is independently –F.
  • each R A1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl and C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl wherein each hydrogen atom of each alkyl and cycloalkyl can be replaced by deuterium; or two instances of R A1 on a nitrogen atom can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 4-6 membered monocyclic heterocycle containing one nitrogen atom and 0-1 additional heteroatoms selected from N and O.
  • R A1 is H.
  • R A1 is –C 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g., –Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, – t Bu). In an embodiment, R A1 is –Me. In an embodiment R A1 is –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl (e.g., –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , –CF 2 CH 3 , – CH 2 CF 3 ). In an embodiment, R A1 is –CF 3 .
  • each R B is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, –C 1 -C 6 alkyl, –C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, –C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, OR B1 , C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl and phenyl substituted with 0 or 1 instances of halo.
  • each R B is independently selected from the group consisting of – C 1 –C 6 alkyl, –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl, –OR B1 and C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl.
  • each R B is independently selected from the group consisting of – Cl, –CH 3 , – i Pr, –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , –CF 2 CH 3 , –C(OH)(CH 3 ) 2 , –CH(OH)CH 3 , –OH, –OCH 3 , – OCD 3 , –OCHF 2 , cyclopropyl and 2-chlorophenyl.
  • each R B is independently selected from the group consisting of – i Pr, –CF 3 , –OCH 3 , –OCD 3 , –OCHF 2 and cyclopropyl.
  • each R B is independently selected from the group consisting of – OCH 3 , –OCD 3 , –OCHF 2 and cyclopropyl. [0233] In an embodiment, each R B is independently selected from the group consisting of – OCH 3 and cyclopropyl. [0234] In an embodiment R B is –D. [0235] In an embodiment, R B is halo (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo). In an embodiment, R B is –Cl. In an embodiment, R B is –F. In an embodiment, R B is –Br. In an embodiment, R B is –I. [0236] In an embodiment, R B is –CN.
  • R B is –C 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g., –Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, –sec-Bu, –iso- Bu, – t Bu).
  • R B is –Me.
  • R B is –Et.
  • R B is –Pr.
  • R B is –iPr.
  • R B is –heteroC 1 -C 4 alkyl.
  • R B is methoxymethyl (–CH 2 OCH 3 ).
  • R B is aminomethyl (e.g., –CH 2 NHCH 2 CH 3 , – CH 2 N(CH 3 )CH 2 CF 3 , –CH 2 N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , –CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 –CH 2 NH 2 , –CH 2 NHCH 3 , – CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 ).
  • R B is –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl (e.g., –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , –CF 2 CH 3 , –CH 2 CF 3 ).
  • R B is trifluoromethyl (–CF 3 ).
  • R B is difluoromethyl (–CHF 2 ).
  • R B is –C 1 –C 6 hydroxyalkyl (e.g., –CH 2 OH, –CH 2 CH 2 OH, – CH(OH)CH 3 , –C(OH)(CH 3 ) 2 ).
  • R B is hydroxymethyl (–CH 2 OH).
  • R B is –CH(OH)CH 3 .
  • R B is –C(OH)(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R B is –C 3 –C 10 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl), each of which can be optionally substituted.
  • R B is optionally substituted cyclopropyl (e.g., cyclopropyl substituted with 0 or 1 instances of – CN).
  • R B is cyclobutyl.
  • R B is cyclopentyl.
  • R B is cyclohexyl.
  • R B is 3-10 membered heterocyclyl (e.g., oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepanyl, 6-oxa-1-azaspiro[3.3]heptanyl, 6-oxa-1-azaspiro[3.4]octanyl), each of which can be optionally substituted.
  • R B is oxetanyl.
  • R B is tetrahydropyranyl.
  • R B is tetrahydrofuranyl.
  • R B is azetidinyl (e.g., azetidinyl substituted with 0 or 1 instances of halo or methyl).
  • R B is pyrrolidinyl.
  • R B is piperidinyl.
  • R B is piperazinyl.
  • R B is morpholinyl.
  • R B is azepanyl. [0243]
  • R B is –C 6 -C 10 aryl (e.g., phenyl, naphthyl).
  • R B is substituted phenyl (e.g., phenyl substituted with 0 or 1 instances of halo (e.g., –Cl, –F)). In an embodiment R B is 2-chloro-phenyl.
  • R B is –OR B1 wherein each R B1 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein (e.g., hydroxy (–OH), methoxy, difluoromethoxy (–OCHF 2 ), trifluoromethoxy (–OCF 3 ), –OCH(CH 3 )CF 3 , –OCH 2 CF 3 , ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, – OCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 3 , cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy).
  • R B is hydroxy.
  • R B is methoxy.
  • R B is ethoxy.
  • R B is propoxy.
  • R B is isopropoxy. In an embodiment R B is difluoromethoxy (– OCHF 2 ). In an embodiment, R B is trifluoromethoxy (–OCF 3 ). In an embodiment, R B is – OCH(CH 3 )CF 3 . In an embodiment, R B is –OCH 2 CF 3 . In an embodiment, R B is cyclopropyloxy. [0245] In an embodiment, R B is –N(R B1 ) 2 wherein each R B1 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein (e.g., –NH 2 , –NHR B1 , –N(CH 3 )R B1 ). In an embodiment, R B is –NH 2 .
  • R B is –NHR B1 (e.g., –NHMe, –NHEt, –NHPr, –NH i Pr, – NHcyclopropyl, –NHcyclobutyl).
  • R B is –N(CH 3 )R B1 (e.g., –NMe 2 , – N(CH 3 )Et, –N(CH 3 )Pr, –N(CH 3 ) i Pr, –N(CH 3 )cyclopropyl, –N(CH 3 )cyclobutyl).
  • R B is –COOH.
  • R B is COOMe.
  • R B is –SR B1 wherein each R B1 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • R B is –Salkyl (e.g., –SMe, –SEt, –SPr, – S i Pr).
  • R B is –Scycloalkyl (e.g., –Scyclopropyl, –Scyclobutyl, – Scyclopentyl, –Scyclohexyl).
  • R B is –Saryl (e.g., Sphenyl).
  • each R B1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, –heteroC 1 –C 4 alkyl, –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl, –C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl and 3-7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein each hydrogen atom of each alkyl, cycloalkyl heterocyclyl can be replaced by deuterium; or two instances of R B1 on a nitrogen atom can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 4-6 membered monocyclic heterocycle containing one nitrogen atom and 0-1 additional heteroatoms selected from N and O.
  • each R B1 is independently selected from H, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g., – Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, –sec-Bu, –iso-Bu, – t Bu), –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl (e.g., –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , – CH 2 CF 3 , –CH(CH 3 )CF 3 ) and C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl) wherein each hydrogen atom of the alkyl can be independently replaced by deuterium.
  • alkyl e.g., – Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, –sec-Bu, –iso-Bu, –
  • each R B1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, –C 1 -C 6 alkyl and –C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl wherein each hydrogen atom of the alkyl can be independently replaced with deuterium.
  • each R B1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, –C 1 –C 3 alkyl and –C 1 –C 3 haloalkyl wherein each hydrogen atom of the alkyl can be independently replaced with deuterium.
  • each R B1 is independently selected from the group consisting of – C 1 -C 3 alkyl and –C 1 -C 3 haloalkyl wherein each hydrogen atom of the alkyl can be independently replaced with deuterium.
  • each R B1 is independently –C 1 -C 3 alkyl wherein each hydrogen atom of the alkyl can be independently replaced with deuterium.
  • each R B1 is independently selected from the group consisting of – CH 3 , –CD 3 and –CHF 2 .
  • each R B1 is independently selected from the group consisting of – CH 3 and –CD 3 .
  • each R B1 is independently H. [0266] In an embodiment, each R B1 is independently –C 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g., –Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, – t Bu, –sec-Bu, –iso-Bu) wherein each hydrogen atom of the alkyl can be independently replaced with deuterium. In an embodiment, each R B1 is independently –Me. In an embodiment, each R B1 is independently –CD 3 . In an embodiment, each R B1 is independently –Et. In an embodiment, each R B1 is independently –Pr. In an embodiment, each R B1 is independently – i Pr.
  • each R B1 is independently –heteroC 1 –C 4 alkyl. In an embodiment, each R B1 is independently methoxymethyl (–CH 2 OCH 3 ). In an embodiment, each R B1 is independently aminomethyl (e.g., –CH 2 NH 2 , –CH 2 NHCH 3 , –CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 . [0268] In an embodiment, each R B1 is independently –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl. In an embodiment, each R B1 is independently trifluoromethyl (–CF 3 ). In other embodiments, each R B1 is independently difluoromethyl (–CHF 2 ).
  • each R B1 is –CH(CH 3 )CF 3 . In an embodiment, each R B1 is –CH 2 CF 3 . [0269] In an embodiment, each R B1 is independently –C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl). In an embodiment, each R B1 is independently cyclopropyl. In an embodiment each R B1 is independently cyclobutyl. In an embodiment, each R B1 is independently cyclopentyl. In an embodiment, each R B1 is independently cyclohexyl.
  • each R B1 is independently –CH(CH 3 )CF 3 . In an embodiment, each R B1 is –CH 2 CF 3 .
  • each R B1 is independently –C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl,
  • each R B1 is independently 3-7 membered heterocyclyl (e.g., oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepanyl).
  • heterocyclyl e.g., oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepanyl.
  • each R C is independently selected from the group consisting of –D, oxo, halo, –CN, –OR C1 , –NR C1 2 , –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl and – heteroC 1 –C 4 alkyl wherein the –heteroC 1 –C 4 alkyl contains 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S and oxidized forms thereof, wherein each R C1 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • each R C is independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, –CN, –OR C1 , –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl and –heteroC 1 –C 4 alkyl wherein the - heteroC 1 -C 4 alkyl contains 1 heteroatom independently selected from N, O and S and oxidized forms thereof.
  • each R C is independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, –OR C1 and –C 1 –C 3 alkyl.
  • each R C1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, –CH 3 , –Et and –CD 3 .
  • each R C is independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, –F, –Cl, –CH 3 , –Et, – i Pr, –CF 3 , –CN, –OH, –OMe, –OEt, –CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , – CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , –CH 2 CH 2 S(O) 2 CH 3 , –CH 2 CH 2 NH 2 , –CH 2 NH 2 , –CH 2 NH 2 , –CH 2 NHCH 3 and – CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • each R C is independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, –F, –CH 3 , –Et, –OH, –OMe and –OEt. [0277] In an embodiment, each R C is independently selected from the group consisting of –F, –CH 3 and –OMe. [0278] In an embodiment, each R C is independently selected from the group consisting of –F and –CH 3 . [0279] In an embodiment, R C is –F.
  • each R C1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, wherein each hydrogen atom of the alkyl can be independently replaced by deuterium; or two instances of R C1 on a nitrogen atom can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 4-6 membered monocyclic heterocycle containing one nitrogen atom and 0-1 additional heteroatoms selected from N and O.
  • R C1 is H.
  • R C1 is –Me.
  • R D is selected from halo (e.g., –F, –Cl, –Br), –CN, –OH, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g., –Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, – t Bu), –C 1 –C 6 hydroxyalkyl (e.g. ⁇ –CH 2 OH), –OC 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g., –OMe, –OEt, –OPr, –O i Pr, –O n Bu, –O t Bu), –COO(C 1 –C 6 alkyl) (e.g., –COOEt), – CONH 2 .
  • halo e.g., –F, –Cl, –Br
  • –CN e.g., –OH, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g.
  • each R D is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, –CN, –C 1 -C 6 alkyl, –C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, –C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl and OR D1 , wherein each R D1 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • each R D is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl, –C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl and OR D1 , wherein each R D1 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • each R D is independently selected from the group consisting of – Cl, –CN, –CH 3 , –Et, – i Pr, –CF 3 , –OCH 3 , cyclopropyl and –CH 2 OH.
  • each R D is independently selected from the group consisting of – Cl, –CH 3 , –Et, –CF 3 , –OCH 3 and cyclopropyl.
  • each R D is independently selected from the group consisting of – CH 3 , –Et, –CF 3 and cyclopropyl.
  • R D is selected from the group consisting of –Me, –Et and cyclopropyl.
  • R D is halo (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo).
  • R D is –Cl.
  • R D is –F.
  • R D is –Br. In an embodiment, R D is –I. [0290] In an embodiment, R D is –CN. [0291] In an embodiment, R D is –C 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g., –Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, –sec-Bu, –iso- Bu, – t Bu). In an embodiment, R D is –Me. In an embodiment, R D is –Et. In an embodiment R D is –Pr. In an embodiment, R D is –iPr. [0292] In an embodiment, R D is –heteroC 1 –C 4 alkyl.
  • R D is methoxymethyl (–CH 2 OCH 3 ). In an embodiment R D is –CH 2 CH 2 OMe. In an embodiment, R D is aminomethyl (e.g., –CH 2 NH 2 , –CH 2 NHCH 3 , –CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 . In an embodiment, R D is – CH 2 N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 . [0293] In an embodiment, R D is –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl (e.g., –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , –CH 2 CH 2 F, – CH 2 CHF 2 , –CH 2 CF 3 , –CF 2 CH 3 ).
  • R D is trifluoromethyl (–CF 3 ). In other embodiments, R D is difluoromethyl (–CHF 2 ). In an embodiment, R D is –CH 2 CH 2 F. In other embodiments, R D is –CH 2 CHF 2 , [0294] In an embodiment, R D is –C 1 –C 6 hydroxyalkyl (e.g., –CH 2 OH, –CH 2 CH 2 OH). In an embodiment, R D is hydroxyethyl (–CH 2 CH 2 OH).
  • R D is –C 3 –C 10 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl).
  • R D is cyclopropyl.
  • R D is cyclobutyl.
  • R D is cyclopentyl.
  • R D is cyclohexyl.
  • R D is 3-10 membered heterocyclyl (e.g., oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepanyl, 6-oxa-1-azaspiro[3.3]heptanyl, 6-oxa-1-azaspiro[3.4]octanyl).
  • R D is oxetanyl.
  • R D is tetrahydropyranyl.
  • R D is tetrahydrofuranyl.
  • R D is azetidinyl (e.g., N-methyl azetidin-3-yl). In an embodiment, R D is pyrrolidinyl. In an embodiment, R D is piperidinyl. In an embodiment, R D is piperazinyl. In an embodiment, R D is morpholinyl. In an embodiment, R D is azepanyl. In an embodiment, R D is 6-oxa-1-azaspiro[3.3]heptanyl. In an embodiment, R D is 6-oxa-1- azaspiro[3.4]octanyl.
  • R D is –OR D1 wherein each R D1 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein (e.g., hydroxy (–OH), methoxy, difluoromethoxy (–OCHF 2 ), trifluoromethoxy (–OCF 3 ), –OCH(CH 3 )CF 3 , –OCH 2 CF 3 , ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, ).
  • R D is hydroxy.
  • R D is methoxy.
  • R D is ethoxy.
  • R D is propoxy.
  • R D is is isopropoxy.
  • R D is difluoromethoxy (–OCHF 2 ). In an embodiment, R D is trifluoromethoxy (–OCF 3 ). In an embodiment, R D is –OCH(CH 3 )CF 3 . In an embodiment, R D is –OCH 2 CF 3 . In an embodiment, R D is cyclopropyloxy. [0298] In an embodiment, R D is –N(R D1 ) 2 wherein each R D1 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein (e.g., –NH 2 , –NHR D1 , –N(CH 3 )R D1 ). In an embodiment, R D is –NH 2 .
  • R D is –NHR D1 (e.g., –NHMe, –NHEt, –NHPr, –NH i Pr, – NHcyclopropyl, –NHcyclobutyl).
  • R D is –N(CH 3 )R D1 (e.g., –NMe 2 , – N(CH 3 )Et, –N(CH 3 )Pr, –N(CH 3 ) i Pr, –N(CH 3 )cyclopropyl, –N(CH 3 )cyclobutyl).
  • R D is –SR D1 wherein each R D1 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • R D is —Salkyl (e.g., –SMe, –SEt, –SPr, – S i Pr).
  • R D is –Scycloalkyl (e.g., –Scyclopropyl, –Scyclobutyl, – Scyclopentyl, –Scyclohexyl).
  • R D is –Saryl (e.g., Sphenyl). [0307]
  • each R D1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, –heteroC 1 –C 4 alkyl, –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl, –C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl and 3-7 membered heterocyclyl wherein each hydrogen atom of each alkyl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl can be replaced by deuterium; or two instances of R D1 on a nitrogen atom can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 4-6 membered monocyclic heterocycle containing one nitrogen atom and 0-1 additional heteroatoms selected from N and O.
  • each R D1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and –C 1 –C 6 alkyl. [0312] In an embodiment, each R D1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, –Me and –Et. [0313] In an embodiment, each R D1 is independently H. [0314] In an embodiment, each R D1 is independently –C 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g., –Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, – t Bu, –sec-Bu, –iso-Bu). In an embodiment, each R D1 is independently –Me. In an embodiment, each R D1 is independently –Et.
  • each R D1 is independently – Pr. In an embodiment, each R D1 is independently – i Pr. [0315] In an embodiment, each R D1 is independently –heteroC 1 –C 4 alkyl. In an embodiment, each R D1 is independently methoxymethyl (–CH 2 OCH 3 ). In an embodiment, each R D1 is independently hydroxymethyl (–CH 2 OH). In an embodiment, each R D1 is independently aminomethyl (e.g., –CH 2 NH 2 , –CH 2 NHCH 3 , –CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 . [0316] In an embodiment, each R D1 is independently –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl.
  • each R D1 is independently trifluoromethyl (–CF 3 ). In other embodiments, each R D1 is independently difluoromethyl (–CHF 2 ). In an embodiment, each R D1 is –CH(CH 3 )CF 3 . In an embodiment, each R D1 is –CH 2 CF 3 . [0317] In an embodiment, each R D1 is independently –C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl). In an embodiment, each R D1 is independently cyclopropyl. In an embodiment each R D1 is independently cyclobutyl.
  • each R D1 is independently cyclopentyl. In an embodiment, each R D1 is independently cyclohexyl. [0318] In an embodiment, each R D1 is independently 3-7 membered heterocyclyl (e.g., oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepanyl).
  • heterocyclyl e.g., oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepanyl.
  • each R 1 is independently selected from halo, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, phenyl substituted with 0 to 1 instances of halo, –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl, –C 1 –C 6 hydroxyalkyl and –C 3 – C 10 cycloalkyl.
  • each R 1 is independently selected from Cl, –Me, – i Pr, –CF 3 , – CHF 2 , –CF 2 CH 3 , 2-chlorophenyl, cyclopropyl, –CH(OH)CH 3 and –C(CH 3 ) 2 OH.
  • each R 1 is independently selected from – i Pr, –CF 3 and cyclopropyl. [0323] In an embodiment, each R 1 is independently selected from – i Pr and cyclopropyl. [0324] In an embodiment, R 1 is H. In an embodiment R 1 is –D. [0325] In an embodiment, R 1 is halo (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo). In an embodiment, R 1 is –Cl. In an embodiment, R 1 is –F. In an embodiment, R 1 is –Br. In an embodiment, R 1 is –I. [0326] In an embodiment, R 1 is –CN.
  • R 1 is –C 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g., –Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, –sec-Bu, –iso- Bu, – t Bu, –C(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 ,).
  • R 1 is –Me.
  • R 1 is –Et.
  • R 1 is –Pr.
  • R 1 is –iPr.
  • R 1 is - C(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 .
  • R 1 is –heteroC 1 –C 4 alkyl.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl (–CH 2 OCH 3 ).
  • R 1 is aminomethyl (e.g., –CH 2 NH 2 , –CH 2 NHCH 3 , – CH 2 NHCH 2 CH 3 , –CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 ).
  • R 1 is –CH 2 N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 .
  • R 1 is –CH 2 N(CH 3 )CH 2 CF 3 .
  • R 1 is –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl (e.g., –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , –CF 2 CH 3 , –CH 2 CF 3 ) .
  • R 1 is trifluoromethyl (–CF 3 ). In other embodiments, R 1 is difluoromethyl (–CHF 2 ). In other embodiments, R 1 is –CH 2 CF 3 . In an embodiment, R 1 is –CF 2 CH 3 . [0330] In an embodiment, R 1 is –C 1 –C 6 hydroxyalkyl (e.g., –CH 2 OH, –CH(OH)CH 3 , – C(OH)(CH 3 ) 2 ). In an embodiment, R 1 is hydroxymethyl (–CH 2 OH).
  • R 1 is –C 3 –C 10 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl).
  • R 1 is cyclopropyl (e.g., substituted with 0 or 1 instance of –CN).
  • R 1 is cyclobutyl.
  • R 1 is cyclopentyl.
  • R 1 is cyclohexyl.
  • R 1 is an optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl (e.g., oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepanyl, 6-oxa-1-azaspiro[3.3]heptanyl, 6-oxa-1- azaspiro[3.4]octanyl).
  • R 1 is oxetanyl.
  • R 1 is tetrahydropyranyl.
  • R 1 is tetrahydrofuranyl.
  • R 1 is azetidinyl. In an embodiment, the azetidinyl is optionally substituted (e.g., substituted with 0 or 1 instances of –F or –Me). In an embodiment, R 1 is pyrrolidinyl. In an embodiment, R 1 is piperidinyl. In an embodiment, R 1 is piperazinyl. In an embodiment, R 1 is morpholinyl. In an embodiment, R 1 is azepanyl. In an embodiment, R 1 is 6-oxa-1-azaspiro[3.3]heptanyl. In an embodiment, R 1 is 6-oxa-1-azaspiro[3.4]octanyl.
  • R 1 is –C 6 -C 10 aryl (e.g., phenyl, naphthyl).
  • R 1 is phenyl (e.g., phenyl substituted with 0 or 1 instances of halo (e.g., –Cl, –F)).
  • R 1 is -2-Cl-phenyl.
  • R 1 is –OR a1 wherein each R a1 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein (e.g., hydroxy (–OH), methoxy, difluoromethoxy (–OCHF 2 ), trifluoromethoxy (–OCF 3 ), –OCH(CH 3 )CF 3 , –OCH 2 CF 3 , ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, –OCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 3 ).
  • R 1 is hydroxy.
  • R 1 is methoxy.
  • R 1 is ethoxy.
  • R 1 is propoxy.
  • R 1 is isopropoxy. In an embodiment R 1 is difluoromethoxy (– OCHF 2 ). In an embodiment, R 1 is trifluoromethoxy (–OCF 3 ). In an embodiment, R 1 is – OCH(CH 3 )CF 3 . In an embodiment, R 1 is –OCH 2 CF 3 . In an embodiment, R 1 is cyclopropyloxy. In an embodiment R 1 is –OCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 3 .
  • R 1 is –N(R a1 ) 2 wherein each R a1 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein (e.g., –NH 2 , –NHR a1 , –N(CH 3 )R a1 ).
  • R 1 is – NH 2 .
  • R 1 is –NHR a1 (e.g., –NHMe, –NHEt, –NHPr, –NH i Pr, – NHcyclopropyl, –NHcyclobutyl).
  • R 1 is –N(CH 3 )R a1 (e.g., –NMe 2 , – N(CH 3 )Et, –N(CH 3 )Pr, –N(CH 3 ) i Pr, –N(CH 3 )cyclopropyl, –N(CH 3 )cyclobutyl).
  • R 1 is –COOH.
  • R 1 is COOMe.
  • R 1 is –SR a1 wherein each R a1 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • R 1 is –Salkyl (e.g., –SMe, –SEt, –SPr, – S i Pr).
  • R 1 is –Scycloalkyl (e.g., –Scyclopropyl, –Scyclobutyl, – Scyclopentyl, –Scyclohexyl).
  • R 1 is –Saryl (e.g., Sphenyl).
  • each R a1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, –heteroC 1 –C 4 alkyl, –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl, –C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl and 3-7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein each hydrogen atom of each alkyl, cycloalkyl heterocyclyl can be replaced by deuterium; or two instances of R a1 on a nitrogen atom can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 4-6 membered monocyclic heterocycle containing one nitrogen atom and 0-1 additional heteroatoms selected from N and O.
  • each R a1 is independently selected from H, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g., – Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, –sec-Bu, –iso-Bu, – t Bu), –heteroC 1 -C 4 alkyl, –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl (e.g., –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , –CH 2 CF 3 , –CH(CH 3 )CF 3 ) and C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl).
  • cycloalkyl e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl.
  • each R a1 is selected from H, –C 1 – C 6 alkyl (e.g., –Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, –sec-Bu, –iso-Bu, – t Bu), –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl (e.g., – CF 3 , –CHF 2 , –CH 2 CF 3 , –CH(CH 3 )CF 3 ) and –C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl).
  • alkyl e.g., –Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, –sec-Bu, –iso-Bu, – t Bu
  • each R a1 is independently H.
  • each R a1 is independently –C 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g., –Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, – t Bu, –sec-Bu, –iso-Bu).
  • each R a1 is independently –Me.
  • each R a1 is independently –Et.
  • each R a1 is independently – Pr.
  • each R a1 is independently – i Pr.
  • each R a1 is independently –heteroC 1 –C 4 alkyl.
  • each R a1 is independently methoxymethyl (–CH 2 OCH 3 ). In an embodiment, each R a1 is independently is aminomethyl (e.g., –CH 2 NH 2 , –CH 2 NHCH 3 , –CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 . [0352] In an embodiment, each R a1 is independently –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl (e.g., –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , – CF 2 CH 3 , –CH 2 CF 3 ). In an embodiment, each R a1 is independently trifluoromethyl (–CF 3 ). In other embodiments, each R a1 is independently difluoromethyl (–CHF 2 ).
  • each R a1 is –CH(CH 3 )CF 3 . In an embodiment, each R a1 is –CH 2 CF 3 . [0353] In an embodiment, each R a1 is independently –C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl). In an embodiment, each R a1 is independently cyclopropyl. In an embodiment each R a1 is independently cyclobutyl. In an embodiment, each R a1 is independently cyclopentyl. In an embodiment, each R a1 is independently cyclohexyl.
  • each R a1 is independently –CH(CH 3 )CF 3 . In an embodiment, each R a1 is –CH 2 CF 3 .
  • each R a1 is independently –C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobuty
  • each R a1 is independently 3-10 membered heterocyclyl (e.g., oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepanyl).
  • heterocyclyl e.g., oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepanyl.
  • each R 2 is independently selected from H, –D, halo, –CN, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, –heteroC 1 –C 4 alkyl, –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl, –C 1 –C 6 hydroxyalkyl, –C 3 –C 10 cycloalkyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, –C 6 -C 10 aryl, –OR a2 and –N(R a2 ) 2 , wherein each aryl, alkyl, cycloalkyl and heterocyclyl is substituted with 0, 1 or 2 substituents selected from –F, –Cl, – OH– and –CH 3 .
  • each R 2 is independently selected from –C 1 –C 6 alkyl and OR a2 .
  • each R 2 is independently selected from –CH 3 , –OH, –OCH 3 , – OCD 3 and –OCHF 2 .
  • R 2 is H.
  • R 2 is –D.
  • R 2 is halo (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo).
  • R 2 is –Cl.
  • R 2 is –F.
  • R 2 is –Br.
  • R 2 is –I.
  • R 2 is –CN.
  • R 2 is –C 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g., –Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, –sec-Bu, –iso- Bu, – t Bu, –C(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 ,).
  • R 2 is –Me.
  • R 2 is –Et.
  • R 2 is –Pr.
  • R 2 is –iPr.
  • R 2 is - C(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 .
  • R 2 is –heteroC 1 –C 4 alkyl.
  • R 2 is methoxymethyl (–CH 2 OCH 3 ).
  • R 2 is aminomethyl (e.g., –CH 2 NH 2 , –CH 2 NHCH 3 , – CH 2 NHCH 2 CH 3 , –CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 ).
  • R 2 is –CH 2 N(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 .
  • R 2 is –CH 2 N(CH 3 )CH 2 CF 3 .
  • R 2 is –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl (e.g., –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , –CF 2 CH 3 , –CH 2 CF 3 ).
  • R 2 is trifluoromethyl (–CF 3 ).
  • R 2 is difluoromethyl (–CHF 2 ).
  • R 2 is –CH 2 CF 3 .
  • R 2 is –CF 2 CH 3 .
  • R 2 is –C 1 –C 6 hydroxyalkyl (e.g., –CH 2 OH, –CH(OH)CH 3 , – C(OH)(CH 3 ) 2 ).
  • R 2 is hydroxymethyl (–CH 2 OH).
  • R 2 is optionally substituted –C 3 –C 10 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl).
  • R 2 is optionally substituted cyclopropyl (e.g., substituted with 0 or 1 instance of –CN).
  • R 2 is cyclobutyl.
  • R 2 is cyclopentyl.
  • R 2 is cyclohexyl.
  • R 2 is an optionally substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl (e.g., oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepanyl, 6-oxa-1-azaspiro[3.3]heptanyl, 6-oxa-1- azaspiro[3.4]octanyl).
  • R 2 is oxetanyl.
  • R 2 is tetrahydropyranyl.
  • R 2 is tetrahydrofuranyl.
  • R 2 is azetidinyl. In an embodiment, the azetidinyl is optionally substituted (e.g., substituted with 0 or 1 instances of –F or –Me). In an embodiment, R 2 is pyrrolidinyl. In an embodiment, R 2 is piperidinyl. In an embodiment, R 2 is piperazinyl. In an embodiment, R 2 is morpholinyl. In an embodiment, R 2 is azepanyl. In an embodiment, R 2 is 6-oxa-1-azaspiro[3.3]heptanyl. In an embodiment, R 2 is 6-oxa-1-azaspiro[3.4]octanyl.
  • R 2 is –C 6 -C 10 aryl (e.g., phenyl, naphthyl).
  • R 2 is optionally substituted phenyl (e.g., phenyl substituted with 0 or 1 instances of halo (e.g., – Cl, –F)).
  • R 2 is –2-Cl-phenyl.
  • R 2 is –OR a2 wherein each R a2 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein (e.g., hydroxy (–OH), methoxy, –OCD 3 , difluoromethoxy (– OCHF 2 ), trifluoromethoxy (–OCF 3 ), –OCH(CH 3 )CF 3 , –OCH 2 CF 3 , ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, –OCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 3 ).
  • R 2 is hydroxy.
  • each R 2 is independently selected from –OCH 3 , –OCD 3 and – OCHF 2 . In an embodiment, each R 2 is independently selected from –OCH 3 and –OCD 3 . [0370] In an embodiment, R 2 is –OMe. In an embodiment, R 2 is –OCD 3 . In an embodiment, R 2 is ethoxy. In an embodiment, R 2 is propoxy. In an embodiment, R 2 is is isopropoxy. In an embodiment R 2 is difluoromethoxy (–OCHF 2 ). In an embodiment, R 2 is trifluoromethoxy (– OCF 3 ). In an embodiment, R 2 is –OCH(CH 3 )CF 3 .
  • R 2 is –OCH 2 CF 3 . In an embodiment, R 2 is cyclopropyloxy. In an embodiment R 2 is –OCH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 3 . [0371] In an embodiment, R 2 is –N(R a2 ) 2 wherein each R a2 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein (e.g., –NH 2 , –NHR a2 , –N(CH 3 )R a2 ). In an embodiment, R 2 is – NH 2 .
  • R 2 is –NHR a2 (e.g., –NHMe, –NHEt, –NHPr, –NH i Pr, – NHcyclopropyl, –NHcyclobutyl).
  • R 2 is –N(CH 3 )R a2 (e.g., –NMe 2 , – N(CH 3 )Et, –N(CH 3 )Pr, –N(CH 3 ) i Pr, –N(CH 3 )cyclopropyl, –N(CH 3 )cyclobutyl).
  • R 2 is –COOH.
  • R 2 is COOMe.
  • R 2 is –SR a2 wherein each R a2 is as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • R 2 is –Salkyl (e.g., –SMe, –SEt, –SPr, – S i Pr).
  • R 2 is –Scycloalkyl (e.g., –Scyclopropyl, –Scyclobutyl, – Scyclopentyl, –Scyclohexyl).
  • R 2 is –Saryl (e.g., Sphenyl).
  • each R a2 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, –heteroC 1 –C 4 alkyl, –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl, –C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl and 3-7 membered heterocyclyl, wherein each hydrogen atom of each alkyl, cycloalkyl heterocyclyl can be replaced by deuterium; or two instances of R a2 on a nitrogen atom can be taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form a 4-6 membered monocyclic heterocycle containing one nitrogen atom and 0-1 additional heteroatoms selected from N and O.
  • each R a2 is independently selected from H, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl (e.g., – Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, –sec-Bu, –iso-Bu, – t Bu), –heteroC 1 -C 4 alkyl, –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl (e.g., –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , –CH 2 CF 3 , –CH(CH 3 )CF 3 ) and C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl).
  • cycloalkyl e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl.
  • each R a2 is selected from H, –C 1 – C 6 alkyl (e.g., –Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, –sec-Bu, –iso-Bu, – t Bu), –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl (e.g., – CF 3 , –CHF 2 , –CH 2 CF 3 , –CH(CH 3 )CF 3 ) and –C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl).
  • alkyl e.g., –Me, –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, –sec-Bu, –iso-Bu, – t Bu
  • each R a2 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, –C 1 -C 6 alkyl and –C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl wherein each hydrogen atom of the alkyl can be independently replaced with deuterium.
  • each R a2 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, –CH 3 , –CD 3 .
  • each R a2 is independently H.
  • each R a2 is independently –C 1 –C 6 alkyl herein each hydrogen atom of the alkyl can be replaced by deuterium (e.g., –Me, –CD 3 , –Et, –Pr, – i Pr, – n Bu, – t Bu, –sec- Bu, –iso-Bu).
  • each R a2 is independently selected from the group consisting of –CH 3 and –CD 3 .
  • each R a2 is independently –CH 3 .
  • each R a2 is independently –CD 3 .
  • each R a2 is independently – Et.
  • each R a2 is independently –Pr. In an embodiment, each R a2 is independently – i Pr. [0389] In an embodiment, each R a2 is independently –heteroC 1 -C 4 alkyl. In an embodiment, each R a2 is independently methoxymethyl (–CH 2 OCH 3 ). In an embodiment, each R a2 is independently is aminomethyl (e.g., –CH 2 NH 2 , –CH 2 NHCH 3 , –CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • each R a2 is independently –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl (e.g., –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , – CF 2 CH 3 , –CH 2 CF 3 ). In an embodiment, each R a2 is independently trifluoromethyl (–CF 3 ). In other embodiments, each R a2 is independently difluoromethyl (–CHF 2 ). In an embodiment, each R a2 is –CH(CH 3 )CF 3 . In an embodiment, each R a2 is –CH 2 CF 3 .
  • each R a2 is independently –C 3 –C 9 cycloalkyl (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl). In an embodiment, each R a2 is independently cyclopropyl. In an embodiment each R a2 is independently cyclobutyl. In an embodiment, each R a2 is independently cyclopentyl. In an embodiment, each R a2 is independently cyclohexyl.
  • each R a2 is independently 3-10 membered heterocyclyl (e.g., oxetanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, azepanyl).
  • the compound is of Formula (I-b)
  • Ring A, Ring C, Ring D, L, R c , R c ’, R a2 , R A , R C , R D , n, p and q are as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • the compound is of Formula (I-c) wherein Ring C, Ring D, L, X 3 , R c , R c ’, R a2 , R A , R C , R D , p and q are as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • the compound is of Formula (I-d) wherein Ring C, R c , R c ’, R a2 , R C , R D , p and q are as defined in any of the embodiments described herein. [0396] In an embodiment, the compound is of Formula (I-e)
  • the compound is of Formula (I-f) wherein Ring C, R c , R c ’, R a2 , R C , R D and q are as defined in any of the embodiments described herein.
  • the compound is selected from the compounds of Table 1.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof as defined herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a second therapeutic agent.
  • the Compounds of the Disclosure are USP1 inhibitors that reduce the level of USP1 protein and/or inhibit or reduce at least one biological activity of USP l protein.
  • the Compounds of the Disclosure specifically bind to USP1 protein.
  • the Compounds of the Disclosure specifically bind to USP1 protein in a USP1-UAF1 complex. In an embodiment, the Compounds of the Disclosure specifically bind to USP1 mRNA. In an embodiment, the Compounds of the Disclosure specifically bind to USP1 protein (alone or in a USP1-UAF1 complex) or USP1 mRNA. In an embodiment, the Compounds of the Disclosure specifically bind to UAF1 (alone or in a USP1-UAF1 complex) and inhibit or reduces formation or activity of the USP1-UAF1 complex. [0402] In an embodiment, the Compounds of the Disclosure decrease the formation of the USP1-UAF1 complex.
  • the Compounds of the Disclosure decrease the activity of the USP1-UAF1 complex. In an embodiment, the Compounds of the Disclosure decrease the deubiquitinase activity of USP1. In an embodiment, the Compounds of the Disclosure increase mono-ubiquitinated PCNA. In an embodiment, the Compounds of the Disclosure increase mono-ubiquitinated FANCD2. In an embodiment, the Compounds of the Disclosure increase mono- ubiquitinated FANCI.
  • the Compounds of the Disclosure do not bind to other deubiquitinases, other USP proteins, or other UAF1 complexes (e.g., USP46-UAF1) or bind deubiquitinases, other USP proteins, or other UAF1 complexes (e.g., USP46-UAF1) with at least 5-fold, at least 10-fold, at least 20-fold, or at least 100-fold reduced affinity compared to the affinity for USP1 (i.e., the KD of the USP1 inhibitor for other deubiquitinases, other USP proteins, or other UAF1 complexes (e.g., USP46-UAF1) is at least 5 -fold, at least 10-fold, at least 20 fold, least 50 fold, at least 100 fold.
  • Table 1 also indicates IC 50 values in a viability assay for a non-isogenic pair of BRCA1 mutant (column 5- MDA-MB-436) and BRCA1 WT (column 6 – HCC1954) cell lines. These values indicate the effect of treatment with compound on cell survival.
  • a value of “aa” and “aaa” indicates an IC 50 of less than 100 nM in the mutant and wild-type cell lines, respectively;
  • a value of “bb” and ”bbb” indicates an IC 50 equal to or greater than 100 nM but less than 250 nM in the mutant and wild-type cell lines, respectively;
  • a value of “cc” and “ccc” indicates an IC 50 equal to or greater than 250 nM but less than 5 ⁇ M in the mutant and wild-type cell lines, respectively;
  • a value of “dd” and “ddd” indicates an IC 50 greater than or equal to 5 ⁇ M in the mutant and wild-type cell lines, respectively, in the assay described in Biology Example 2.
  • Table 1 also indicates IC 50 values for exemplary compounds in an AlphaLISA assay measuring monoubiquitinated PCNA in a BRCA1 mutant cell line (MDA-MB-436; column 7).
  • a value of “A” indicates an IC 50 of less than 100 nM
  • a value of “B” indicates an IC 50 equal to or greater than 100 nM but less than 250 nM
  • a value of “C” indicates an IC 50 equal to or greater than 250 nM but less than 5 ⁇ M
  • a value of “D” indicates an IC 50 greater than or equal to 5 ⁇ M, in the assay described in Biology Example 3.
  • the absolute stereochemistry of all chiral atoms is as depicted.
  • Compounds marked with (OR) or (rel) are single enantiomers wherein the absolute stereochemistry was arbitrarily assigned (e.g., based on chiral SFC elution as described in the Examples section).
  • Compounds marked with (and) or (rac) are mixtures of enantiomers wherein the relative stereochemistry is as shown.
  • Compounds marked with (abs) are single enantiomers wherein the absolute stereochemistry is as indicated.
  • compounds described herein may also comprise one or more isotopic substitutions.
  • hydrogen may be 2 H (D or deuterium) or 3 H (T or tritium); carbon may be, for example, 13 C or 14 C; oxygen may be, for example, 18 O; nitrogen may be, for example, 15 N, and the like.
  • a particular isotope (e.g., 3 H, 13 C, 14 C, 18 O, or 15 N) can represent at least 1%, at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 99%, or at least 99.9% of the total isotopic abundance of an element that occupies a specific site of the compound.
  • compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and an effective amount of a compound described herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or adjuvant refers to a carrier or adjuvant that may be administered to a patient, together with a compound provided herewith, and which does not destroy the pharmacological activity thereof and is nontoxic when administered in doses sufficient to deliver a therapeutic amount of the compound.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles that may be used in the pharmaceutical compositions provided herewith include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, self emulsifying drug delivery systems (SEDDS) such as d– ⁇ -tocopherol polyethyleneglycol 1000 succinate, surfactants used in pharmaceutical dosage forms such as Tweens or other similar polymeric delivery matrices, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates, waxes,
  • Cyclodextrins such as ⁇ –, ⁇ –, and ⁇ - cyclodextrin, or chemically modified derivatives such as hydroxyalkylcyclodextrins, including 2 and 3 hydroxypropyl- ⁇ -cyclodextrins, or other solubilized derivatives may also be advantageously used to enhance delivery of compounds of the formulae described herein.
  • the compounds provided herein are typically administered in the form of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • Such compositions can be prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art and comprise at least one active compound.
  • the carrier is a parenteral carrier, oral or topical carrier.
  • a compound described herein e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof or pharmaceutical composition thereof
  • a pharmaceutical or a medicament e.g., a medicament for the treatment of a disease or disorder associated with USP1 in a subject in need thereof.
  • the disease is a proliferating disease.
  • the disease is cancer.
  • the cancer is breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer), ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer), prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer or lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
  • a compound described herein e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof or pharmaceutical composition thereof for use in the treatment of a disease or disorder associated with USP1 in a subject in need thereof.
  • the disease is a proliferating disease.
  • the disease is cancer.
  • the cancer is breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer), ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer), prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer or lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • breast cancer e.g., triple negative breast cancer
  • ovarian cancer e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
  • prostate cancer e.g., pancreatic cancer or lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
  • a compound described herein e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof or pharmaceutical composition thereof
  • a medicament e.g., a medicament for the treatment of an a disease or disorder associated with USP1 in a subject in need thereof.
  • the disease is a proliferating disease.
  • the disease is cancer.
  • the cancer is breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer), ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer), prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer or lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • ovarian cancer e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
  • lung cancer e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)
  • NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
  • the compounds provided herein are administered in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • the amount of the compound actually administered will typically be determined by a physician, in the light of the relevant circumstances, including the condition to be treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual compound administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient’s symptoms, and the like.
  • compositions provided herewith may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an implanted reservoir, preferably by oral administration or administration by injection.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions provided herewith may contain any conventional nontoxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles.
  • the pH of the formulation may be adjusted with pharmaceutically acceptable acids, bases or buffers to enhance the stability of the formulated compound or its delivery form.
  • parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarticular, intraarterial, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion techniques.
  • compositions for oral administration can take the form of bulk liquid solutions or suspensions, or bulk powders. More commonly, however, the compositions are presented in unit dosage forms to facilitate accurate dosing.
  • unit dosage forms refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient.
  • Typical unit dosage forms include prefilled, premeasured ampules or syringes of the liquid compositions or pills, tablets, capsules or the like in the case of solid compositions.
  • Liquid forms suitable for oral administration may include a suitable aqueous or nonaqueous vehicle with buffers, suspending and dispensing agents, colorants, flavors and the like.
  • Solid forms may include, for example, any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
  • a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin
  • an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch
  • a lubricant such as magnesium stearate
  • a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide
  • a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin
  • the active compound in such compositions is typically a minor component, often being from about 0.05 to 10% by weight with the remainder being the injectable carrier and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, for example, as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents (such as, for example, Tween 80) and suspending agents.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3–butanediol.
  • Suitable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are mannitol, water, Ringer’s solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono– or diglycerides.
  • Fatty acids, such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions.
  • oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, or carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents which are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms such as emulsions and or suspensions.
  • a long chain alcohol diluent or dispersant or carboxymethyl cellulose or similar dispersing agents which are commonly used in the formulation of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms such as emulsions and or suspensions.
  • Other commonly used surfactants such as Tweens or Spans and/or other similar emulsifying agents or bioavailability enhancers which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation.
  • Transdermal compositions are typically formulated as a topical ointment or cream containing the active ingredient(s), generally in an amount ranging from about 0.01 to about 20% by weight, preferably from about 0.1 to about 20% by weight, preferably from about 0.1 to about 10% by weight, and more preferably from about 0.5 to about 15% by weight.
  • the active ingredients When formulated as an ointment, the active ingredients will typically be combined with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base. Alternatively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream with, for example, an oil-in-water cream base.
  • Such transdermal formulations are well-known in the art and generally include additional ingredients to enhance the dermal penetration of stability of the active ingredients or the formulation.
  • transdermal formulations and ingredients are included within the scope provided herein.
  • the compounds provided herein can also be administered by a transdermal device. Accordingly, transdermal administration can be accomplished using a patch either of the reservoir or porous membrane type, or of a solid matrix variety.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions provided herewith may also be administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration. These compositions can be prepared by mixing a compound provided herewith with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at room temperature but liquid at the rectal temperature and therefore will melt in the rectum to release the active components. Such materials include, but are not limited to, cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.
  • compositions provided herewith may be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation.
  • Such compositions are prepared according to techniques well known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and may be prepared as solutions in saline, employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other solubilizing or dispersing agents known in the art.
  • benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives to enhance bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other solubilizing or dispersing agents known in the art.
  • the above-described components for orally administrable, injectable or topically administrable, rectally administrable and nasally administrable compositions are merely representative.
  • compositions provided herewith comprise a combination of a compound of the formulae described herein and one or more additional therapeutic or prophylactic agents, both the compound and the additional agent should be present at dosage levels of between about 1 to 100%, and more preferably between about 5 to 95% of the dosage normally administered in a monotherapy regimen.
  • the additional agents may be administered separately, as part of a multiple dose regimen, from the compounds provided herewith. Alternatively, those agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with the compounds provided herewith in a single composition.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt of a compound described herein e.g., compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1).
  • the acid which may be used to prepare the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is that which forms a non-toxic acid addition salt, i.e., a salt containing pharmacologically acceptable anions such as the hydrochloride, hydroiodide, hydrobromide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acetate, lactate, citrate, tartrate, succinate, maleate, fumarate, benzoate, para-toluenesulfonate, and the like.
  • a non-toxic acid addition salt i.e., a salt containing pharmacologically acceptable anions such as the hydrochloride, hydroiodide, hydrobromide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acetate, lactate, citrate, tartrate, succinate, maleate, fumarate, benzoate, para-toluenesulfonate, and the like.
  • the compounds described herein can, for example, be administered by injection, intravenously, intraarterially, subdermally, intraperitoneally, intramuscularly, or subcutaneously; or orally, buccally, nasally, transmucosally, topically, in an ophthalmic preparation, or by inhalation, with a dosage ranging from about 0.5 to about 100 mg/kg of body weight, alternatively dosages between 1 mg and 1000 mg/dose, every 4 to 120 hours, or according to the requirements of the particular drug.
  • the methods herein contemplate administration of an effective amount of compound or compound composition to achieve the desired or stated effect.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions provided herewith will be administered from about 1 to about 6 times per day or alternatively, as a continuous infusion.
  • Such administration can be used as a chronic or acute therapy.
  • the amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
  • a typical preparation will contain from about 5% to about 95% active compound (w/w).
  • such preparations contain from about 20% to about 80% active compound.
  • Lower or higher doses than those recited above may be required.
  • Specific dosage and treatment regimens for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health status, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity and course of the disease, condition or symptoms, the patient’s disposition to the disease, condition or symptoms, and the judgment of the treating physician.
  • a maintenance dose of a compound, composition or combination provided herewith may be administered, if necessary.
  • the dosage or frequency of administration, or both may be reduced, as a function of the symptoms, to a level at which the improved condition is retained when the symptoms have been alleviated to the desired level.
  • a method of inhibiting a USP1 protein comprises contacting the USP1 protein with a compound disclosed herein. The contacting can occur in vitro or in vivo.
  • the compounds described herein can be used to treat a "USP1 protein mediated” disorder (e.g., a USP1 protein mediated cancer), a “USP1 associated” disorder (e.g., a USP1 associated cancer), or a disorder “associated with USP1” (e.g., a cancer associated with USP1).
  • a “USP1 protein mediated” disorder e.g., a USP1 protein mediated cancer
  • USP1 associated e.g., a USP1 associated cancer
  • a disorder “associated with USP1” e.g., a cancer associated with USP1”
  • a “USP1 protein mediated”, “USP1 associated” disorder or a disorder “associated with USP1” is any pathological condition in which a USP1 protein is known to play a role, including any cancers that require USP1 for cell proliferation and survival.
  • USP1 protein mediated is a proliferative disease such as cancer.
  • the method comprises administering to a patient in need of a treatment for a USP1 protein mediated disorder an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • a method of treating a disease or disorder associated with modulation of USP comprises administering to a patient in need of a treatment for diseases or disorders associated with modulation of ubiquitin specific protease 1 (USP1) an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • USP1 ubiquitin specific protease 1
  • the disease or disorder is cancer.
  • the compound or composition is administered in combination with a second therapeutic agent.
  • a method of treating or preventing cancer comprises administering to a patient in need of a treatment for cancer an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • a method of treating cancer comprises administering to a patient in need thereof of a treatment for cancer an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • a method of treating or preventing a disease or disorder associated with DNA damage comprises administering to a patient in need thereof of a treatment for cancer an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or
  • the method comprises administering to a patient in need of a treatment for diseases or disorders associated with DNA damage an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the disease is cancer.
  • provided is a method of treating a disease or disorder associated with DNA damage.
  • the method comprises administering to a patient in need of a treatment for diseases or disorders associated with DNA damage an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the method comprises administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof or (b) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient for use in the treatment or prevention of a disease sensitive to the inhibition of USP1.
  • the disease is cancer.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof or (b) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient for use in the treatment of a disease or disorder sensitive to the inhibition of USP1.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof or (b) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient for use in the treatment or prevention of cancer.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof or (b) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, tautomer or stereoisomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient for use in the treatment of cancer.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof or (b) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient for use in the treatment or prevention of a disease or disorder associated with DNA damage.
  • the disease or disorder is cancer.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof or (b) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient for use in the treatment of a disease or disorder associated with DNA damage.
  • the disease or disorder is cancer.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof or (b) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient for use in a method of inhibiting or reducing DNA repair activity modulated by USP1.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier used for the treatment of cancers.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof or (b) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient in the manufacture of a medicament for treating or preventing a disease sensitive to the inhibition of USP1.
  • the disease or disorder is cancer.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof or (b) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient in the manufacture of a medicament for treating or preventing cancer.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof or (b) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient in the manufacture of a medicament for treating or preventing a disease or disorder associated with DNA damage.
  • the disease or disorder is cancer.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof or (b) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disease or disorder associated with DNA damage.
  • the disease or disorder is cancer.
  • a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof or (b) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient in the manufacture of a medicament for inhibiting or reducing DNA repair activity modulated by USP1.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the pharmaceutical acceptable carrier may further include an excipient, diluent, or surfactant.
  • a disease or disorder associated with modulation of USP1 including, but not limited to, cancer comprising, administering to a patient suffering from at least one of said diseases or disorder (a) an effective amount (e.g., a therapeutically effective amount) of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof or (b) a pharmaceutical composition comprising an effective amount (e.g., a therapeutically effective amount) of a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient; and one or more additional anti-cancer agent(s).
  • an effective amount e.g., a therapeutically effective amount
  • the compound disclosed herein e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof
  • the other anti-cancer agent(s) is generally administered sequentially in any order by infusion or orally.
  • the dosing regimen may vary depending upon the stage of the disease, physical fitness of the patient, safety profiles of the individual drugs, and tolerance of the individual drugs, as well as other criteria well-known to the attending physician and medical practitioner(s) administering the combination.
  • kits that include one or more of the compounds disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof) and a second therapeutic agent as disclosed herein are provided.
  • kits include (a) a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof), (b) at least one other therapeutic agent, e.g., as indicated above, whereby such kit may comprise a package insert or other labeling including directions for administration.
  • a compound disclosed herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof
  • at least one other therapeutic agent e.g., as indicated above, whereby such kit may comprise a package
  • the cancer is selected from adrenocortical carcinoma, AIDS-related lymphoma, AIDS-related malignancies, anal cancer, cerebellar astrocytoma, extrahepatic bile duct cancer, bladder cancer, osteosarcoma/malignant fibrous histiocytoma, brain stem glioma, ependymoma, visual pathway and hypothalamic gliomas, breast cancer, bronchial adenomas/carcinoids, carcinoid tumors, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumors, carcinoma, adrenocortical, islet cell carcinoma, primary central nervous system lymphoma, cerebellar astrocytoma, cervical cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, clear cell sarcoma of tendon sheaths, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, cutaneous t-cell lymphoma, endometrial
  • the cancer is a non-small cell lung cancer.
  • the cancer can be any cancer in any organ, for example, a cancer is selected from the group consisting of glioma, thyroid carcinoma, breast carcinoma, small-cell lung carcinoma, non-small-cell carcinoma, gastric carcinoma, colon carcinoma, gastrointestinal stromal carcinoma, pancreatic carcinoma, bile duct carcinoma, CNS carcinoma, ovarian carcinoma, endometrial carcinoma, prostate carcinoma, renal carcinoma, anaplastic large-cell lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, mesothelioma, and melanoma, and combinations thereof.
  • the cancer to be treated with a compound disclosed herein is selected from the group consisting of bone cancer, including osteosarcoma and chondrosarcoma; brain cancer, including glioma, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, and meningioma; soft tissue cancer, including rhabdoid and sarcoma; kidney cancer; bladder cancer; skin cancer, including melanoma; and lung cancer, including non-small cell lung cancer; colon cancer, uterine cancer; nervous system cancer; head and neck cancer; pancreatic cancer; and cervical cancer.
  • bone cancer including osteosarcoma and chondrosarcoma
  • brain cancer including glioma, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, and meningioma
  • soft tissue cancer including rhabdoid and sarcoma
  • kidney cancer including melanoma
  • lung cancer including non-small cell lung cancer
  • the cancer is selected from liposarcoma, neuroblastoma, glioblastoma, bladder cancer, adrenocortical cancer, multiple myeloma, colorectal cancer, non- small cell lung cancer, Human Papilloma Virus-associated cervical, oropharyngeal, penis, anal, thyroid or vaginal cancer or Epstein-Barr Virus-associated nasopharyngeal carcinoma, gastric cancer, rectal cancer, thyroid cancer, Hodgkin lymphoma and diffuse large B-cell lymphoma.
  • the cancer is selected from breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer (TNBC)), ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum- refractory ovarian cancer), prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer and lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • the cancer is selected from breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer (TNBC)), ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer), prostate cancer and lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • ovarian cancer e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
  • prostate cancer and lung cancer e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)
  • the cancer is breast cancer.
  • the cancer is triple negative breast cancer (TNBC).
  • the cancer is prostate cancer. In an embodiment the cancer is lung cancer. In an embodiment the cancer is non- small cell lung cancer (NSCLC).
  • NSCLC non- small cell lung cancer
  • the cancer is a dedifferentiated ID-driven cancer. In other embodiments, the cancer is a cancer that is sensitive to USP1 inhibition. In yet other embodiments, the cancer is a cancer that is sensitive to USP1 inhibition due to DNA damage pathway deficiency.
  • the cancer is selected from the group consisting of a hematological cancer, a lymphatic cancer, and a DNA damage repair pathway deficient cancer.
  • a compound disclosed herein is used to treat a cancer, wherein the cancer is a homologous recombination deficient cancer. In an embodiment, a compound disclosed herein is used to treat a cancer that does not have a defect in the homologous recombination pathway.
  • the cancer is a DNA damage repair pathway deficient cancer. In an embodiment, the DNA damage repair pathway deficient cancer is selected from the group consisting of lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), colon cancer, bladder cancer, osteosarcoma, ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer), and breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer (TNBC).
  • NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • the cancer is non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC). In an embodiment, the cancer is colon cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is bladder cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is ovarian cancer or breast cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is ovarian cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is platinum-resistant ovarian cancer. In some embodiments, the cancer is platinum-refractory ovarian cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is breast cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is triple negative breast cancer.
  • NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
  • the cancer is colon cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is bladder cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is ovarian cancer or breast cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is ovarian cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is platinum-resistant ovarian cancer. In some embodiments, the cancer is platinum-refractory ovarian cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is breast cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is triple negative breast cancer.
  • the cancer is a HRR (homologous recombination repair) gene mutant cancer.
  • the cancer is a HRR (homologous recombination repair) gene mutant cancer selected from the group consisting of ATM, NBN, FANCA, BARD1, BRCA1, BRCA2, BRIP1, CDK12, CHEK1, CHEK2, FANCL, PALB2, PPP2R2A, RAD51, RAD51B, RAD51C, RAD51D, or RAD54L mutant cancer.
  • the cancer is an ATM mutant cancer.
  • the cancer is an NBN mutant cancer.
  • the cancer is a FANCA mutant cancer.
  • the cancer is an BARD1 mutant cancer.
  • the cancer is an BRCA1 mutant cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is an BRCA2 mutant cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is an BRIP1 mutant cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is an CDK.12 mutant cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is an CHEK1 mutant cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is an CHEK2 mutant cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is an FANCL mutant cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is an PALB2 mutant cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is an PPP2R2A mutant cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is an RAD51B mutant cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is an RAD51C mutant cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is an RADS ID mutant cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is an RAD54L mutant cancer.
  • the cancer is a BRCA1 mutant cancer.
  • the BRCA1 mutation is a germline mutation.
  • the BRCA1 mutation is a somatic mutation.
  • the BRCA1 mutation leads to BRCA1 deficiency.
  • the cancer is a BRCA2 mutant cancer.
  • the BRCA2 mutation is a germline mutation.
  • the BRCA2 mutation is a somatic mutation.
  • the BRCA2 mutation leads to BRCA2 deficiency.
  • the cancer is a BRCA1 mutant cancer and a BRCA2 mutant cancer.
  • the cancer is a BRCA1 deficient cancer.
  • the cancer is a BRCA2 deficient cancer.
  • the cancer is a BRCA1 deficient cancer and a BRCA2 deficient cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is not a BRCA1 mutant cancer or a BRCA2 mutant cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is a BRCA1 deficient cancer and a BRCA2 mutant cancer. In an embodiment, the BRCA1 or BRCA2 mutant or BRCA1 or BRCA2 deficient cancer is selected from non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), osteosarcoma, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, ovarian cancer, and breast cancer. In an embodiment, the BRCA1 mutant, BRCA2 mutant, BRCA1 deficient or BRCA 2 deficient cancer as described herein is ovarian cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer or pancreatic cancer.
  • the cancer is ovarian cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is platinum-resistant ovarian cancer. In some embodiments, the cancer is platinum-refractory ovarian cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is breast cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is a triple negative breast cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is prostate cancer. In an embodiment, the cancer is homologous recombination deficient. Homologous recombination deficiency can be measured by BRCA1/2 mutation, or genomic instability (positive homologous recombination deficiency (HRD) score) without BRCA1/2 mutations. [0471] In an embodiment, the cancer is a Poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase (“PARP”) inhibitor refractory or resistant cancer.
  • PARP Poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase
  • the cancer is a PARP inhibitor resistant or refractory BRCA1, BRCA2, or BRCA1 and BRCA2 mutant cancer.
  • the cancer is a PARP inhibitor resistant or refractory BRCA1, BRCA2, or BRCA1 and BRCA2- deficient cancer.
  • the PARP inhibitor refractory or resistant cancer is selected from the cancers described herein.
  • the PARP inhibitor refractory or resistant cancer is selected from breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer (TNBC), ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer), pancreatic cancer and prostate cancer).
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • ovarian cancer e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
  • pancreatic cancer and prostate cancer pancreatic cancer and prostate cancer.
  • the cancer has a mutation in the gene encoding ataxia telangiectasia mutated (ATM) protein kinase or loss of ATM protein expression.
  • the cancer to be treated with a compound disclosed herein is a cancer (e.g., a cancer selected from the cancers described herein) that comprises cancer cells with a loss of function mutation in a gene encoding ATM.
  • the ATM mutation is a germline mutation.
  • the ATM mutation is a somatic mutation.
  • the cancer is not an ATM mutant cancer.
  • the cancer is an ATM-deficient cancer.
  • the ATM-deficient cancer is selected from breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer (TNBC)), ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer), colorectal cancer, stomach cancer, endometrial cancer, urothelial cancer, cervical cancer, melanoma, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, mantle cell lymphoma, sarcoma, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, and lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • ovarian cancer e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
  • colorectal cancer stomach cancer, endometrial cancer, urothelial cancer, cervical cancer, melanoma, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, mantle cell lymphoma, sarcoma, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, and lung cancer (e.g
  • the elevated levels of RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA are elevated RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA protein levels.
  • the elevated levels of RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA are elevated RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA mRNA levels.
  • elevated levels of RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA have been detected (e.g., in a cancer sample obtained from the subject) prior to the administration. Elevated translesion synthesis can also be measured by PCNA monoubiquitination without elevated RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA levels.
  • a subject’s cancer has been tested for RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA levels protein or mRNA, or PCNA monoubiquitination prior to beginning treatment with a USP1 inhibitor.
  • the cancer is a breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer), an ovarian cancer, a lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)), or a prostate cancer.
  • the cancer is a BRCA1 and/or BRCA2 mutant cancer, wherein the cancer comprises cells with increased translesion synthesis, as exemplified by elevated PCNA monoubiquitination with or without elevated RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA levels.
  • the cancer is a breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer), an ovarian cancer or a prostate cancer that is a BRCA1 and/or BRCA2 mutant cancer.
  • the cancer is selected from the group consisting of bone cancer, including osteosarcoma and chondrosarcoma; brain cancer, including glioma, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, and meningioma; soft tissue cancer, including rhabdoid and sarcoma; kidney cancer; bladder cancer; skin cancer, including melanoma; and lung cancer, including non-small cell lung cancer; colon cancer, uterine cancer; nervous system cancer; head and neck cancer; pancreatic cancer; and cervical cancer.
  • bone cancer including osteosarcoma and chondrosarcoma
  • brain cancer including glioma, glioblastoma, astrocytoma, medulloblastoma, and meningioma
  • soft tissue cancer including rhabdoid and sarcoma
  • kidney cancer including melanoma
  • lung cancer including non-small cell lung cancer
  • colon cancer including uterine cancer
  • nervous system cancer head
  • the compounds of the disclosure are administered in therapeutically effective amounts in a combination therapy with one or more therapeutic agents (pharmaceutical combinations) or modalities, e.g., non-drug therapies.
  • therapeutic agents pharmaceutical combinations
  • modalities e.g., non-drug therapies.
  • synergistic effects can occur with other anti-proliferative, anti-cancer, immunomodulatory or anti-inflammatory substances.
  • dosages of the co-administered compounds will vary depending on the type of co-drug employed, on the specific drug employed, on the condition being treated and so forth.
  • Combination refers to either a fixed combination in one dosage unit form, or a combined administration where a compound disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof) and a combination partner (e.g., another drug as explained below, also referred to as “therapeutic agent” or “co-agent”) may be administered independently at the same time or separately within time intervals, especially where these time intervals allow that the combination partners show a cooperative, e.g., synergistic effect.
  • the single components may be packaged in a kit or separately.
  • One or both of the components may be reconstituted or diluted to a desired dose prior to administration.
  • co-administration or “combined administration” or the like as utilized herein are meant to encompass administration of the selected combination partner to a single subject in need thereof (e.g., a patient), and are intended to include treatment regimens in which the agents are not necessarily administered by the same route of administration or at the same time.
  • pharmaceutical combination as used herein means a product that results from the mixing or combining of more than one therapeutic agent and includes both fixed and non–fixed combinations of the therapeutic agents.
  • fixed combination means that the therapeutic agents, e.g., a compound disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof) and a combination partner, are both administered to a patient simultaneously in the form of a single entity or dosage.
  • a compound disclosed herein e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof
  • a combination partner e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof
  • non-fixed combination means that the therapeutic agents, e.g., a compound disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof) and a combination partner, are both administered to a patient as separate entities either simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially with no specific time limits, wherein such administration provides therapeutically effective levels of the two compounds in the body of the patient.
  • cocktail therapy e.g., the administration of three or more therapeutic agent.
  • combination therapy refers to the administration of two or more therapeutic agents to treat a therapeutic condition or disorder described in the present disclosure.
  • Such administration encompasses co-administration of these therapeutic agents in a substantially simultaneous manner, such as in a single capsule having a fixed ratio of active ingredients.
  • such administration encompasses co-administration in multiple, or in separate containers (e.g., tablets, capsules, powders, and liquids) for each active ingredient. Powders and/or liquids may be reconstituted or diluted to a desired dose prior to administration.
  • such administration also encompasses use of each type of therapeutic agent in a sequential manner, either at approximately the same time or at different times.
  • compounds disclosed herein are combined with other therapeutic agents, including, but not limited to, other anti-cancer agents, anti-allergic agents, anti-nausea agents (or anti-emetics), pain relievers, cytoprotective agents, and combinations thereof.
  • a method of treating a disease or disorder associated with USP1 comprising administering or coadministering, in any order, to a patient in need thereof a compound disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) and a general chemotherapeutic agent selected from anastrozole (Arimidex®), bicalutamide (Casodex®), bleomycin sulfate (Blenoxane®), busulfan (Myleran®), busulfan injection (Busulfex®), capecitabine (Xeloda®), N4-pentoxycarbonyl-5-deoxy-5-fluorocytidine, carboplatin (Paraplatin®), carmustine (BiCNU®), chlorambucil (Leukeran®), cisplatin (Platinol®), cladribine
  • a compound disclosed herein e.g., a compound
  • a method of treating a disease or disorder associated with USP1 comprising administering or coadministering, in any order, to a patient in need thereof a compound disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) and an EGFR- inhibitor(e.g., cetuximab, panitumimab, erlotinib, gefitinib and EGFRi NOS).
  • a compound disclosed herein e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof
  • an EGFR- inhibitor e.g., cetuximab, panitumimab, erlotinib, gefitinib and EGFRi NOS.
  • a method of treating a disease or disorder associated with USP1 comprising administering or coadministering, in any order, to a patient in need thereof a compound disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) and a MAPK-pathway inhibitor (e.g., BRAFi, panRAFi, MEKi, ERKi)
  • a method of treating a disease or disorder associated with USP1 comprising administering or coadministering, in any order, to a patient in need thereof a compound disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) and a PI3K-mTOR pathway inhibitor (e.g., alpha-specific PI3Ki, pan-class I PI3Ki and mTOR/PI
  • a method of enhancing the chemotherapeutic treatment of cancer in a mammal undergoing treatment with an anti-cancer agent comprises co-administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein.
  • a method of treating a disease or disorder associated with USP1 comprising administering or coadministering, in any order, to a patient in need thereof a compound disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) and a DNA damaging agent (e.g., actinomycin, amsacrine, anthracyclines, bleomycin, busulfan, camptothecin, carboplatin, chlorambucil, cisplatin, cyclophosphamide, Cytoxan, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, epirubicin, hexamethylmelamineoxaliplatin, iphosphamide, melphalan, merchlorehtamine, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, nitrosourea, plicamycin, procarbazine
  • a DNA damaging agent e.g.,
  • the DNA damaging agent is cisplatin.
  • the DNA damaging agent is radiation or a biotherapeutic agent (e.g., an antibody).
  • the anti-cancer agent is selected from reversible DNA binders (e.g., topotecan hydrochloride, irinotecan (CPT11 – Camptosar), rubitecan, exatecan, nalidixic acid, TAS-103, etoposide, acridines (e.g., amsacrine, aminocrine), actinomycins (e.g., actinomycin D), anthracyclines (e.g., doxorubicin, daunorubicin), benzophenainse, XR 11576/MLN 576, benzopyridoindoles, Mitoxantrone, AQ4, Etoposide, Teniposide, epipodophyllotoxins, and bisintercalating agents such as
  • the DNA damaging agent is radiation (e.g., radiation that induces a DNA cross-linking in a cell when applied to the cell, (e.g., ionizing radiation and ultraviolet (UV) radiation)).
  • Ionizing radiation consists of subatomic particles or electromagnetic waves that are sufficiently energetic to cause ionization by detaching electrons from atoms or molecules. Ionization depends on the energy of the impinging individual particles or waves. In general, ionizing particles or photons with energies above a few electron volts can be ionizing. Non-limiting examples of ionizing particles are alpha particles, beta particles, and neutrons. The ability of photons to ionize a atom or molecule depends on its frequency.
  • Short-wavelength radiation such as high frequency ultraviolet, x-rays, and gamma rays, is ionizing. Ionizing radiation comes from radioactive materials, x-ray tubes, and particle accelerators.
  • the anticancer agent targets a USP1 independent mechanism of DNA repair.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable DNA repair inhibitors are poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) inhibitors, DNA-dependent protein kinase (DNA-PK) inhibitors, ataxia telangiectasia and Rad3-related protein (ATR) inhibitors, ataxia-telangiectasia mutated (ATM) inhibitors, checkpoint kinase 1 (CHK1) inhibitors, checkpoint kinase 2 (CHK2) inhibitors, and Wee1 inhibitors. It has been reported that BRCA1/2 status predicts the efficacy of PARP inhibitors in the clinic (Audeh et al. Lancet (2010) 376 (9737), 245-51).
  • BRCA1/2 mutant cancers have increased sensitivity to USP1 inhibitors.
  • a method of treating a disease or disorder associated with USP1 comprising administering or coadministering, in any order, to a patient in need thereof a compound disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) and a PARP inhibitor (e.g., olaparib, rucaparib, niraparib, talazoparib, and veliparib).
  • the anticancer or DNA damaging agent can be a biotherapeutic.
  • Non-limiting examples of suitable biotherapeutics include rInterferon-a2a, rlnterferon-oi2b, rInterleukin-2, rG-CSF, rGM-CSF, and rErythropoietin.
  • the anticancer agent can be an antibody, such as a monoclonal antibody.
  • suitable therapeutic monoclonal antibodies for use in the methods described herein include trastuzumab, an anti-ErbB2/HER2 for breast cancer, cetuximab, an anti-ErbBl/EGFR for colorectal cancer, and bevacizumab, an anti-VEGF for colorectal, breast and lung cancers (G.
  • the anticancer agent can be a proteasome inhibitor, such as bortezomib.
  • Administration of the compounds disclosed herein can be accomplished via any mode of administration of therapeutic agents including systemic or local administration such as oral, nasal, parenteral, transdermal, subcutaneous, vaginal, buccal, rectal or topical administration modes.
  • a disease or disorder associated with USP1 comprising administering or coadministering, in any order, to a patient in need thereof a compound disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) and an anti-allergic agent(e.g., corticosteroids, including, but not limited to, dexamethasone (e.g., Decadron®), beclomethasone (e.g., Beclovent®), hydrocortisone (also known as cortisone, hydrocortisone sodium succinate, hydrocortisone sodium phosphate, and sold under the tradenames Ala–Cort®, hydrocortisone phosphat
  • a disease or disorder associated with USP1 comprising administering or coadministering, in any order, to a patient in need thereof a compound disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) and an anti-emetic(e.g., aprepitant (Emend®), ondansetron (Zofran®), granisetron HCl (Kytril®), lorazepam (Ativan®.
  • a compound disclosed herein e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof
  • an anti-emetic e.g., aprepitant (Emend®), ondansetron (Zofran®), granisetron HCl (Kytril®), lorazepam (Ativan®.
  • Dexamethasone (Decadron®), prochlorperazine (Compazine®), casopitant (Rezonic® and Zunrisa®), and combinations thereof). [0493] Medication to alleviate the pain experienced during the treatment period is often prescribed to make the patient more comfortable.
  • a method of treating a disease or disorder associated with USP1 comprising administering or coadministering, in any order, to a patient in need thereof a compound disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) and an analgesic (e.g., an over-the-counter analgesics, (e.g., Tylenol®), an opioid analgesic (e.g., hydrocodone/paracetamol or hydrocodone/acetaminophen (e.g., Vicodin®), morphine (e.g., Astramorph® or Avinza®), oxycodone (e.g., OxyContin® or Percocet®), oxymorphone hydrochloride (Opana®), and fentanyl (e.g., Duragesic®)).
  • an analgesic e.g., an over-the-counter analgesics,
  • cytoprotective agents such as neuroprotectants, free-radical scavengers, cardioprotectors, anthracycline extravasation neutralizers, nutrients and the like
  • cytoprotective agents such as neuroprotectants, free-radical scavengers, cardioprotectors, anthracycline extravasation neutralizers, nutrients and the like
  • a method of treating a disease or disorder associated with USP1 comprising administering or coadministering, in any order, to a patient in need thereof a compound disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) and a cytoprotective agent (e.g., Amifostine (Ethyol®), glutamine, dimesna (Tavocept®), mesna (Mesnex®), dexrazoxane (Zinecard® or Totect®), xaliproden (Xaprila®), and leucovorin (also known as calcium leucovorin, citrovorum factor and folinic acid)).
  • a cytoprotective agent e.g., Amifostine (Ethyol®), glutamine, dimesna (Tavocept®), mesna (Mesnex®), dexrazoxane (Zinecard® or To
  • compositions comprising at least one compound disclosed herein (e.g., a USP1 inhibitor, e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier suitable for administration to a human or animal subject, either alone or together with other anti- cancer agents.
  • a USP1 inhibitor e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier suitable for administration to a human or animal subject, either alone or together with other anti- cancer agents.
  • a disease or disorder associated with USP1 e.g., cancer
  • methods of treating human or animal subjects having or having been diagnosed with a disease or disorder associated with USP1 comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound disclosed herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof in combination with a second therapeutic agent.
  • a compound disclosed herein e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof in combination with a second therapeutic agent.
  • compositions will either be formulated together as a combination therapeutic or administered separately.
  • the compound disclosed herein and other anti-cancer agent(s) may be administered either simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially with no specific time limits, wherein such administration provides therapeutically effective levels of the two compounds in the body of the patient.
  • a compound disclosed herein e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof
  • a compound disclosed herein may in particular be used as a radiosensitizer, especially for the treatment of tumors which exhibit poor sensitivity to radiotherapy.
  • compounds disclosed herein are combined with other therapeutic agents, including, but not limited to, other anti-cancer agents, anti–allergic agents, anti- nausea agents (or anti-emetics), pain relievers, cytoprotective agents, and combinations thereof.
  • a subject having or having been diagnosed with a cancer e.g., a cancer associated with USP1
  • a cancer patient e.g., a USP1-associated cancer patient
  • a USP1 inhibitor e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof
  • a test cancer sample e.g., in a cancer test sample obtained from the subject
  • a method of determining if a subject having or having been diagnosed with a cancer e.g., a cancer associated with USP1 (i.e., a cancer patient (e.g., a USP1-associated cancer patient)) will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof), comprising the steps of: a) detecting levels of translesion synthesis (e.g., detecting PCNA monoubiquitination levels) in a test cancer sample (e.g., in a cancer test sample obtained from the subject); b) comparing the test cancer sample with reference cells (e.g., a reference sample taken from a non-cancerous or normal control subject), wherein elevated translesion synthesis (e.g., increased PCNA monoubiquitination levels
  • a method of determining if a subject having or having been diagnosed with a cancer i.e., a cancer associated with USP1 (i.e., a cancer patient (e.g., a USP1-associated cancer patient)) will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof), comprising the steps of: a) detecting mutations in a gene encoding ATM (i.e., loss function mutations) in a test cancer sample (e.g., in a cancer test sample obtained from the subject); b) wherein presence of mutations in a gene encoding ATM in said test cancer sample indicates that the subject will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table
  • a method of determining if a subject having or having been diagnosed with a cancer i.e., a cancer associated with USP1
  • a cancer e.g., a cancer associated with USP1
  • a USP1 inhibitor e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof
  • a USP1 inhibitor e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof
  • a subject test sample e.g., in a cancer test sample or blood test sample obtained from the subject
  • b) wherein presence of mutations in a gene encoding BRCA1 in said test sample indicates that the subject will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor e.g., a compound
  • a method of determining if a subject having or having been diagnosed with a cancer will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof), comprising the steps of: a) detecting germline or somatic mutations in a gene encoding BRCA2 (e.g., a loss of function mutation) in a subject test sample (e.g., in a cancer test sample or blood test sample obtained from the subject); b) wherein presence of mutations in a gene encoding BRCA2 in said test sample indicates that the subject will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate,
  • a USP1 inhibitor e.g., a compound of Formula (
  • a method of determining if a subject having or having been diagnosed with a cancer e.g., a cancer associated with USP1 (i.e., a cancer patient (e.g., a USP1-associated cancer patient)) will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof), comprising the steps of: a) detecting deficiency in homologous recombination (e.g., as measured by a positive homologous recombination deficiency (HRD) score) in a subject test sample (e.g., in a cancer sample or blood sample obtained from the subject) b) wherein presence of homologous recombination deficiency (e.g., a positive homologous recombination deficiency (HRD) score) in
  • the cancer is a cancer selected from the cancers disclosed herein.
  • the cancer is pancreatic cancer, breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer (TNBC)), ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer), prostate cancer, lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • ovarian cancer e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
  • prostate cancer e.g., lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • a cancer e.g., a cancer associated with USP1
  • a USP1 inhibitor e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof
  • a cancer test sample e.g., in a cancer sample obtained from the subject
  • a reference e.g., a reference sample taken from a non-cancerous or normal control subject
  • a cancer e.g., a cancer associated with USP1
  • a USP1 inhibitor e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof
  • a) detecting levels of translesion synthesis e.g., detecting PCNA monoubiquitination levels
  • a test cancer sample e.g., in a cancer sample obtained from the subject
  • a reference e.g., a reference sample taken from a non-cancerous or normal control subject
  • a cancer e.g., a cancer associated with USP1
  • a USP1 inhibitor e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof
  • a method of determining if a cancer e.g., a cancer associated with USP1 will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof), comprising the steps of: a) detecting mutations in a gene encoding ATM (i.e., loss function mutations) in a test cancer sample (e.g., in a cancer sample obtained from the subject) b) wherein presence of mutations in a gene encoding ATM in said cancer sample indicates that the cancer will respond
  • a cancer e.g., a cancer associated with USP1
  • a USP1 inhibitor e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof
  • a method of determining if a cancer e.g., a cancer associated with USP1 will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof), comprising the steps of: a) detecting germline or somatic mutations in a gene encoding BRCA1 (e.g., a loss of function mutation) in a cancer subject test sample (e.g., in a cancer sample or blood sample obtained from the cancer subject) b) wherein presence of mutations in a gene
  • a cancer e.g., a cancer associated with USP1
  • a USP1 inhibitor e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof
  • a method of determining if a cancer e.g., a cancer associated with USP1 will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof), comprising the steps of: a) detecting germline or somatic mutations in a gene encoding BRCA2 (e.g., a loss of function mutation) in a cancer subject test sample (e.g., in a cancer sample or blood sample obtained from the cancer subject) b) wherein presence of mutations in a gene
  • a cancer e.g., a cancer associated with USP1
  • a USP1 inhibitor e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof
  • a) detecting deficiency in homologous recombination e.g., as measured by a positive homologous recombination deficiency (HRD) score
  • HRD positive homologous recombination deficiency
  • a cancer subject test sample e.g., in a cancer sample or blood sample obtained from the cancer subject
  • a USP1 inhibitor e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically
  • the cancer is a cancer selected from the cancers disclosed herein.
  • the cancer is pancreatic cancer, breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer (TNBC)), ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer), prostate cancer, lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • ovarian cancer e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
  • prostate cancer e.g., lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • a method of determining the sensitivity of a cancer cell to USP1 inhibition comprising the steps of: a) detecting levels of RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA (e.g., RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA protein and/or RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA mRNA) in a cancer cell test sample (e.g., in a cancer sample obtained from the subject) b) comparing the test sample with a reference (e.g., a reference sample taken from a non-cancerous or normal control subject), wherein elevated levels of RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA in said test
  • a reference e.g., a reference sample taken from a non-cancerous or normal control subject
  • a method of determining the sensitivity of a cancer cell to USP1 inhibition comprising the steps of: a) detecting levels of translesion synthesis (e.g., detecting PCNA monoubiquitination levels) in a cancer cell test sample (e.g., in a cancer sample obtained from the subject) b) comparing the test sample with a reference (e.g., a reference sample taken from a non-cancerous or normal control subject), wherein elevated translesion synthesis (e.g., increased PCNA monoubiquitination levels) in said test sample indicates said cancer cell is sensitive to USP1 inhibition.
  • a reference e.g., a reference sample taken from a non-cancerous or normal control subject
  • a method of determining the sensitivity of a cancer cell to USP1 inhibition comprising the steps of: a) detecting mutations in a gene encoding ATM (i.e., loss function mutations) in a cancer cell test sample (e.g., in a cancer sample obtained from a subject) b) wherein presence of mutations in a gene encoding ATM in said cancer cell test sample indicates said cancer cell is sensitive to USP1 inhibition.
  • a gene encoding ATM i.e., loss function mutations
  • a cancer cell test sample e.g., in a cancer sample obtained from a subject
  • a method of determining the sensitivity of a cancer cell to USP1 inhibition comprising the steps of: a) detecting a mutation in a gene encoding BRCA1 (e.g., a loss of function mutation) in a cancer cell test sample (e.g., in a cancer sample obtained from a subject) b) wherein presence of mutations in a gene encoding BRCA1 in said cancer cell test sample indicates said cancer cell is sensitive to USP1 inhibition.
  • a method of determining the sensitivity of a cancer cell to USP1 inhibition comprising the steps of: a) detecting a mutation in a gene encoding BRCA2 (e.g., a loss of function mutation) in a cancer cell test sample (e.g., in a cancer sample obtained from a subject); b) wherein presence of mutations in a gene encoding BRCA2 in said cancer cell test sample indicates said cancer cell is sensitive to USP1 inhibition.
  • a method of determining the sensitivity of a cancer cell to USP1 inhibition comprising the steps of: a) detecting deficiency in homologous recombination (e.g., as measured by a positive homologous recombination deficiency (HRD) score) in a cancer cell test sample (e.g., in a cancer sample obtained from a subject) b) wherein presence of homologous recombination deficiency in said cancer cell test sample indicates said cancer cell is sensitive to USP1 inhibition.
  • a detecting deficiency in homologous recombination (e.g., as measured by a positive homologous recombination deficiency (HRD) score) in a cancer cell test sample (e.g., in a cancer sample obtained from a subject)
  • HRD homologous recombination deficiency
  • the cancer is a cancer selected from the cancers disclosed herein.
  • the cancer is pancreatic cancer, breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer (TNBC)), ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer), prostate cancer, lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • ovarian cancer e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
  • prostate cancer e.g., lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • a therapeutic method of treating a subject having or having been diagnosed with a cancer comprising the steps of: a) detecting levels of RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA (e.g., RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA protein and/or RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA mRNA) in a test cancer sample (e.g., in a cancer test sample obtained from the subject); b) comparing the test cancer sample with reference cells (e.g., a reference sample taken from a non-cancerous or normal control subject), wherein elevated levels of RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA in said test cancer sample indicates that the subject will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.
  • a cancer associated with USP1 e.g., a cancer patient (e.g., a USP1-associated cancer patient)
  • a test cancer sample e.g., in a cancer test sample obtained from the subject
  • a therapeutic method of treating a subject having or having been diagnosed with a cancer comprising the steps of: a) detecting levels of translesion synthesis (e.g., detecting PCNA monoubiquitination levels) in a test cancer sample (e.g., in a cancer test sample obtained from the subject); b) comparing the test cancer sample with reference cells (e.g., a reference sample taken from a non-cancerous or normal control subject), wherein elevated translesion synthesis (e.g., increased PCNA monoubiquitination levels) in said test cancer sample indicates that the subject will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer
  • a USP1 inhibitor e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, pro
  • a therapeutic method of treating a subject having or having been diagnosed with a cancer comprising the steps of: a) detecting mutations in a gene encoding ATM (i.e., loss function mutations) in a test cancer sample (e.g., in a cancer test sample obtained from the subject); b) wherein presence of mutations in a gene encoding ATM in said test cancer sample indicates that the subject will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof); and c) administering a therapeutically effective amount of USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound
  • a therapeutic method of treating a subject having or having been diagnosed with a cancer comprising the steps of: a) detecting germline or somatic mutations in a gene encoding BRCA1 (e.g., a loss of function mutation) in a subject test sample (e.g., in a cancer test sample or blood test sample obtained from the subject); b) wherein presence of mutations in a gene encoding BRCA1 in said test sample indicates that the subject will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof); and c) administering a therapeutically effective amount of USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a cancer associated with USP1) (i.e., a cancer patient (e.g., a USP1-associated cancer patient)) comprising the steps of: a) detecting germline or somatic
  • a therapeutic method of treating a subject having or having been diagnosed with a cancer comprising the steps of: a) detecting germline or somatic mutations in a gene encoding BRCA2 (e.g., a loss of function mutation) in a subject test sample (e.g., in a cancer test sample or blood test sample obtained from the subject); b) wherein presence of mutations in a gene encoding BRCA2 in said test sample indicates that the subject will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof); and c) administering a therapeutically effective amount of USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a cancer associated with USP1) (i.e., a cancer patient (e.g., a USP1-associated cancer patient)) comprising the steps of: a) detecting germline or somatic
  • a therapeutic method of treating a subject having or having been diagnosed with a cancer comprising the steps of: a) detecting deficiency in homologous recombination (e.g., as measured by a positive homologous recombination deficiency (HRD) score) in a subject test sample (e.g., in a cancer sample or blood sample obtained from the subject) b) wherein presence of homologous recombination deficiency in said test sample indicates that the subject will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof); and c) administering a therapeutically effective amount of USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoi
  • the cancer is a cancer selected from the cancers disclosed herein.
  • the cancer is pancreatic cancer, breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer (TNBC)), ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer), prostate cancer, lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • ovarian cancer e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
  • prostate cancer e.g., lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • a therapeutic method of treating a cancer comprising the steps of: a) detecting levels of RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA (e.g., RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA protein and/or RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA mRNA) a cancer test sample (e.g., in a cancer sample obtained from the subject) b) comparing the cancer test sample with a reference (e.g., a reference sample taken from a non-cancerous or normal control subject), wherein elevated levels of RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA in said test sample indicates that the subject’s cancer will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solv
  • a therapeutic method of treating a cancer comprising the steps of: a) detecting levels of translesion synthesis (e.g., detecting PCNA monoubiquitination levels) in a test cancer sample (e.g., in a cancer sample obtained from the subject) b) comparing the test cancer sample with a reference (e.g., a reference sample taken from a non-cancerous or normal control subject), wherein elevated translesion synthesis (e.g., increased PCNA monoubiquitination levels) in said test cancer sample indicates that the subject’s cancer will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof); and c) administering a therapeutically effective amount of USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a cancer associated with USP1) in a subject in need thereof comprising the steps of: a)
  • a therapeutic method of treating a cancer comprising the steps of: a) detecting mutations in a gene encoding ATM (i.e., loss function mutations) in a test cancer sample (e.g., in a cancer sample obtained from the subject) b) wherein presence of mutations in a gene encoding ATM in said cancer sample indicates that the subject’s cancer will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof); and c) administering a therapeutically effective amount of USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof); and c) administering a therapeutically effective amount of USP1 inhibitor (e.g.,
  • a therapeutic method of treating a cancer comprising the steps of: a) detecting germline or somatic mutations in a gene encoding BRCA1 (e.g., a loss of function mutation) in a cancer subject test sample (e.g., in a cancer sample or blood sample obtained from the cancer subject) b) wherein presence of mutations in a gene encoding BRCA1 in said test sample indicates that the subject’s cancer will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof); and c) administering a therapeutically effective amount of USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
  • a therapeutically effective amount of USP1 inhibitor e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II
  • a therapeutic method of treating a cancer comprising the steps of: a) detecting germline or somatic mutations in a gene encoding BRCA2 (e.g., a loss of function mutation) in a cancer subject test sample (e.g., in a cancer sample or blood sample obtained from the cancer subject) b) wherein presence of mutations in a gene encoding BRCA2 in said test sample indicates that the subject’s cancer will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof); and c) administering a therapeutically effective amount of USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt,
  • a therapeutically effective amount of USP1 inhibitor e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II
  • a therapeutic method of treating a cancer comprising the steps of: a) detecting deficiency in homologous recombination (e.g., as measured by a positive homologous recombination deficiency (HRD) score) in a cancer subject test sample (e.g., in a cancer sample or blood sample obtained from the cancer subject) b) wherein presence of homologous recombination deficiency in said test sample indicates that the subject’s cancer will respond to therapeutic treatment with a USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a compound of Table 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof); and c) administering a therapeutically effective amount of USP1 inhibitor (e.g., a compound of Formula (I), (II) or a
  • the cancer is a cancer selected from the cancers disclosed herein.
  • the cancer is pancreatic cancer, breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer (TNBC)), ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer), prostate cancer, lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • ovarian cancer e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
  • prostate cancer e.g., lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • the disclosure further provides assays for the detection of levels of translesion synthesis (e.g., PCNA monoubiquitination levels, levels of RAD18, (e.g., RAD18 protein and/or RAD18 mRNA), UBE2K (e.g., UBE2K protein and/or UBE2K mRNA)).
  • levels of translesion synthesis e.g., PCNA monoubiquitination levels, levels of RAD18, (e.g., RAD18 protein and/or RAD18 mRNA), UBE2K (e.g., UBE2K protein and/or UBE2K mRNA)).
  • the disclosure further provides assays for detecting ATM mutations (e.g., ATM loss of function mutations), loss of ATM protein expression (e.g., as measured by immunohistochemistry), BRCA1 mutations (e.g., BRCA1 loss of function mutations), BRCA2 mutations (e.g., BRCA2 loss of function mutations), BRCA1/2 deficiency and deficiencies in homologous recombination (e.g., as measured by a positive homologous recombination deficiency (HRD) score).
  • ATM mutations e.g., ATM loss of function mutations
  • loss of ATM protein expression e.g., as measured by immunohistochemistry
  • BRCA1 mutations e.g., BRCA1 loss of function mutations
  • BRCA2 mutations e.g., BRCA2 loss of function mutations
  • BRCA1/2 deficiency and deficiencies in homologous recombination e.g., as measured by a positive homologous recombination defic
  • a patient sample e.g., in a body fluid such as blood (e.g., serum or plasma) bone marrow, cerebral spinal fluid, peritoneal/pleural fluid, lymph fluid, ascites, serous fluid, sputum, lacrimal fluid, stool, and urine, or in a tissue such as a tumor tissue.
  • the tumor tissue can be fresh tissue or preserved tissue (e.g., formalin fixed tissue, e.g., paraffin-embedded tissue).
  • Body fluid samples can be obtained from a subject using any of the methods known in the art. Methods for extracting cellular DNA from body fluid samples are well known in the art. Typically, cells are lysed with detergents.
  • RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA are elevated RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA gene expression levels.
  • elevated levels of RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA are elevated RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA mRNA levels.
  • Measurement of gene expression can be performed using any method or reagent known in the art.
  • Detection of gene expression can be by any appropriate method, including for example, detecting the quantity of mRNA transcribed from the gene or the quantity of cDNA produced from the reverse transcription of the mRNA transcribed from the gene or the quantity of the polypeptide or protein encoded by the gene. These methods can be performed on a sample by sample basis or modified for high throughput analysis. For example, using AffymetrixTM U133 microarray chips.
  • gene expression is detected and quantitated by hybridization to a probe that specifically hybridizes to the appropriate probe for that biomarker.
  • the probes also can be attached to a solid support for use in high throughput screening assays using methods known in the art.
  • the expression level of a gene is determined through exposure of a nucleic acid sample to the probe-modified chip. Extracted nucleic acid is labeled, for example, with a fluorescent tag, preferably during an amplification step.
  • Hybridization of the labeled sample is performed at an appropriate stringency level. The degree of probe-nucleic acid hybridization is quantitatively measured using a detection device.
  • any one of gene copy number, transcription, or translation can be determined using known techniques. For example, an amplification method such as PCR may be useful.
  • PCR conditions used for each application reaction are empirically determined. A number of parameters influence the success of a reaction. Among them are annealing temperature and time, extension time, Mg 2+ and /or ATP concentration, pH, and the relative concentration of primers, templates, and deoxyribonucleotides. After amplification, the resulting DNA fragments can be detected by agarose gel electrophoresis followed by visualization with ethidium bromide staining and ultraviolet illumination. In an embodiment, the hybridized nucleic acids are detected by detecting one or more labels attached to the sample nucleic acids.
  • the labels can be incorporated by any of a number of means well known to those of skill in the art. However, in an embodiment, the label is simultaneously incorporated during the amplification step in the preparation of the sample nucleic acid.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • labeled primers or labeled nucleotides will provide a labeled amplification product.
  • transcription amplification as described above, using a labeled nucleotide (e.g., fluorescein-labeled UTP and/or CTP) incorporates a label in to the transcribed nucleic acids.
  • a label may be added directly to the original nucleic acid sample (e.g., mRNA, polyA, mRNA, cDNA, etc.) or to the amplification product after the amplification is completed.
  • Means of attaching labels to nucleic acids are well known to those of skill in the art and include, for example nick translation or end-labeling (e.g., with a labeled RNA) by kinasing of the nucleic acid and subsequent attachment (ligation) of a nucleic acid linker joining the sample nucleic acid to a label (e.g., a fluorophore).
  • the gene expression can be measured through an in-situ hybridization protocol that can detect RNA molecules on a slide containing tissue sections or cells (e.g., through RNAscope®).
  • Detectable labels suitable for use in the methods disclosed herein include any composition detectable by spectroscopic, photochemical, biochemical, immunochemical, electrical, optical or chemical means.
  • Useful labels include biotin for staining with labeled streptavidin conjugate, magnetic beads (e.g., DynabeadsTM), fluorescent dyes (e.g., fluorescein, texas red, rhodamine, green fluorescent protein, and the like), radiolabels (e.g., 3H, 125I, 35S, 14C, or 32P) enzymes (e.g., horse radish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase and others commonly used in an ELISA), and calorimetric labels such as colloidal gold or colored glass or plastic (e.g., polystyrene, polypropylene, latex, etc.) beads.
  • fluorescent dyes e.g., fluorescein, texas red, rhodamine, green fluorescent protein, and the like
  • radiolabels e.g., 3H, 125I, 35S, 14C, or 32P
  • enzymes e.g., horse rad
  • Detection of labels is well known to those of skill in the art.
  • radiolabels may be detected using photographic film or scintillation counters
  • fluorescent markers may be detected using a photodetector to detect emitted light.
  • Enzymatic labels are typically detected by providing the enzyme with a substrate and detecting the reaction product produced by the action of the enzyme on the substrate, and calorimetric labels are detected by simply visualizing the colored label.
  • the detectable label may be added to the target (sample) nucleic acid(s) prior to, or after the hybridization, such as described in WO 97/10365. These detectable labels are directly attached to or incorporated into the target (sample) nucleic acid prior to hybridization.
  • indirect labels are joined to the hybrid duplex after hybridization.
  • the indirect label is attached to a binding moiety that has been attached to the target nucleic acid prior to the hybridization.
  • the target nucleic acid may be biotinylated before the hybridization.
  • an avidin-conjugated fluorophore will bind the biotin bearing hybrid duplexes providing a label that is easily detected.
  • the detection of elevated of RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA mRNA levels is by quantitative reverse transcriptase (RT)-polymerase chain reaction (PCR), RNA-Seq, or microarray.
  • RT quantitative reverse transcriptase
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • RNA-Seq RNA-Seq
  • microarray Detection of polypeptides
  • Protein levels of RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA can be determined by examining protein expression or the protein product. Determining the protein level involves measuring the amount of any immunospecific binding that occurs between an antibody that selectively recognizes and binds to the polypeptide of the biomarker in a sample obtained from a subject and comparing this to the amount of immunospecific binding of at least one biomarker in a control sample.
  • a variety of techniques are available in the art for protein analysis. They include but are not limited to radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assays), “sandwich” immunoassays, immunoradiometric assays, in situ immunoassays (using e.g., colloidal gold, enzyme or radioisotope labels), Western blot analysis, immunoprecipitation assays, immunofluorescent assays, flow cytometry, immunohistochemistry, HPLC, mass spectrometry, confocal microscopy, enzymatic assays, surface plasmon resonance and PAGE-SDS.
  • radioimmunoassays ELISA (enzyme linked immunosorbent assays), “sandwich” immunoassays, immunoradiometric assays, in situ immunoassays (using e.g., colloidal gold, enzyme or radioisotope labels), Western blot analysis, immunoprecipitation assays, immunoflu
  • the detection of elevated RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA protein levels is by Western blot. In an embodiment, the detection of elevated RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA protein levels is by fluorescence- activated cell sorting (FACS). In an embodiment, the detection of elevated RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA protein levels is by immunohistochemistry. Other detection methods [0555] Mutations in targets of interest (e.g., BRCA1 mutations, BRCA2 mutations, ATM mutations) can be detected by methods known to those of skill in the art.
  • targets of interest e.g., BRCA1 mutations, BRCA2 mutations, ATM mutations
  • DNA sequencing may be performed using DNA extract from body fluid such as blood (e.g., serum or plasma) bone marrow, cerebral spinal fluid, peritoneal/pleural fluid, lymph fluid, ascites, serous fluid, sputum, lacrimal fluid, stool, and urine.
  • body fluid such as blood (e.g., serum or plasma) bone marrow, cerebral spinal fluid, peritoneal/pleural fluid, lymph fluid, ascites, serous fluid, sputum, lacrimal fluid, stool, and urine.
  • sequencing may be performed on DNA extracted from a tissue such as a tumor tissue.
  • the tumor tissue can be fresh tissue or preserved tissue (e.g., formalin fixed tissue, e.g.paraffin-embedded tissue). Sequencing may also be performed using cell-free DNA.
  • the coding regions and sometimes adjacent regions (e.g., introns, promoter) of genes of interest are sequenced using next generation sequencing (NGS) or Sanger sequencing (Genetic/Familial High-Risk Assessment: Breast, Ovarian, and Pancreatic, Version 2.2021, NCCN Clinical Practice Guidelines in Oncology, ESMO guideline for BRCA testing DOI: 10.1093/annonc/mdw327, Clinical testing of BRCA1 and BRCA2: a worldwide snapshot of technological practices).
  • Loss of function mutations or gene rearrangements may be detected or validated using secondary methods such as qPCR, PCR, immunohistochemistry, Sanger sequencing, comparative genomic hybridization, or the PacBio system.
  • Deficiencies in homologous recombination can be identified by methods known to those of skill in the art.
  • genomic instability e.g., represented by a positive homologous recombination deficiency (HRD) score
  • HRD score is measured using next generation sequencing of DNA extracted from tumor tissues (fresh or FFPE), based on genomic instability (e.g., loss of heterozygosity, telomeric allelic imbalance, and large-scale state transitions).
  • kits related to methods disclosed herein are provided.
  • the kit comprises: i) reagents capable of detecting human cancer cells associated with a disease or disorder associated with USP1 (e.g., reagents capable of specifically detecting RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA) and ii) instructions for how to use said kit.
  • the present disclosure provides kit, comprising: (a) a pharmaceutical composition comprising a USP1 inhibitor and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, and (b) a diagnostic kit comprising at least one agent capable of specifically detecting RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA.
  • the agent capable of specifically detecting RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA is capable of specifically hybridizing to RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA mRNA.
  • the agent capable of specifically detecting RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA is capable of specifically binding to RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA protein.
  • kits which comprise a compound disclosed herein (or a composition comprising a compound disclosed herein) packaged in a manner that facilitates their use to practice methods of the present disclosure.
  • the kit includes a compound disclosed herein (or a composition comprising a compound disclosed herein) packaged in a container, such as a sealed bottle or vessel, with a label affixed to the container or included in the kit that describes use of the compound or composition to practice the method of the disclosure.
  • the compound or composition is packaged in a unit dosage form.
  • the kit further can include a device suitable for administering the composition according to the intended route of administration.
  • the present disclosure provides a kit which comprise a compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and instructions for administering the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a patient having cancer.
  • a kit which comprise a compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and instructions for administering the compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a patient having cancer.
  • Ring B is: wherein X 1 and X 2 are each independently selected from N and CH; Ring A is selected from the group consisting of: wherein X 3 is selected from N and CH and wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D; Ring C is a 5-6 membered carbocyclyl, 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl or 5-6 membered monocyclic heterocyclyl fused to the pyrimidine ring of Formula (I); Ring C 1 is a nitrogen containing, 5 membered monocyclic heteroaryl fused to the triazine ring of formula (II); L is selected from the group consisting of –O– and –NR n –, wherein R n is selected from the group consisting of H and –C 1 –C 6 alkyl; and Ring D is a 5-10 membered heteroaryl or a 3-10 membered heterocyclyl; wherein Ring A, Ring B, Ring C,
  • Embodiment 2 The compound of embodiment 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, wherein the compound is of Formula (I).
  • Embodiment 3 The compound of embodiment 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, wherein the compound is of Formula (II).
  • Embodiment 5 The compound of embodiment 4, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, wherein the compound is of Formula (I-a).
  • Embodiment 6 The compound of embodiment 4, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer or tautomer thereof, wherein the compound is of Formula (II-a).
  • Embodiment 8 The compound of embodiment 3 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein Ring C is selected from the group consisting of [0571] Embodiment 9.
  • Embodiment 10 The compound of embodiment 7 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein Ring C [0573] Embodiment 11.
  • Embodiment 20 The compound of any one of embodiments 1-5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein Ring C is wherein represents the portion of Ring C fused to the pyrimidine ring, regardless of orientation.
  • Embodiment 21 The compound of any one of embodiments 1-5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein Ring C is wherein represents the portion of Ring C fused to the pyrimidine ring, regardless of orientation.
  • Embodiment 30 The compound of any one of embodiments 1-5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein Ring C is wherein represents the portion of Ring C fused to the pyrimidine ring, regardless of orientation.
  • Embodiment 31 The compound of any one of embodiments 1-5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein Ring C is wherein represents the portion of Ring C fused to the pyrimidine ring, regardless of orientation.
  • Embodiment 32 The compound of any one of embodiments 1-5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein Ring C is wherein represents the portion of Ring C fused to the pyrimidine ring, regardless of orientation.
  • Embodiment 33 The compound of any one of embodiments 1-5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein Ring C is wherein represents the portion of Ring C fused to the pyrimidine ring, regardless of orientation.
  • Embodiment 49 The compound of embodiment 4 or 5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as [0614]
  • Embodiment 50 The compound of embodiment 4 or 5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as [0615] Embodiment 51.
  • Embodiment 55 The compound of embodiment 4 or 5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as
  • Embodiment 56 The compound of embodiment 4 or 5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as
  • Embodiment 57 The compound of embodiment 4 or 5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as
  • Embodiment 58 The compound of embodiment 4 or 5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as [0623]
  • Embodiment 59 The compound of embodiment 4 or 5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as [0624] Embodiment 60.
  • Embodiment 70 The compound of embodiment 4 or 5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as [0634] Embodiment 70.
  • Embodiment 72 The compound of embodiment 4 or 5 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the portion of Formula (I-a) represented as [0636] Embodiment 72.
  • each R C is independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo,–CN, – OR C1 , –C 1 -C 6 alkyl, –C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl and –heteroC 1 -C 4 alkyl wherein the -heteroC 1 -C 4 alkyl contains 1 heteroatom independently selected from N, O and S and oxidized forms thereof.
  • each R C is independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo,–CN, – OR C1 , –C 1 -C 6 alkyl, –C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl and –heteroC 1 -C 4 alkyl wherein the -heteroC 1 -C 4 alkyl contains 1 heteroatom independently selected from N, O and S and oxidized forms thereof.
  • Embodiment 86 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-83 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R C is independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, –OR C1 and –C 1 –C 3 alkyl.
  • Embodiment 86 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-85 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R C1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, –CH 3 , –Et and – CD 3 .
  • Embodiment 87 Embodiment 87.
  • each R C is independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, –F, –Cl, –CH 3 , – Et, – i Pr, –CF 3 , –CN, –OH, –OMe, –OEt, –CH 2 CH 2 OCH 3 , –CH 2 CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , – CH 2 CH 2 S(O) 2 CH 3 , –CH 2 CH 2 NH 2 , –CH 2 NH 2 , –CH 2 NHCH 3 and –CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • Embodiment 88 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-83 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R C is independently selected from the group consisting of oxo, –F, –CH 3 , –Et, – OH, –OMe and –OEt.
  • Embodiment 89 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-83 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R C is independently selected from the group consisting of –F, –CH 3 and –OMe.
  • Embodiment 90 Embodiment 90.
  • Embodiment 91 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-83 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R C is independently selected from the group consisting of –F and –CH 3 .
  • Embodiment 91 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-83 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein R C is –F.
  • Embodiment 92 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-83 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein R C is –CH 3 .
  • Embodiment 93 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-92 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein q is 0 or 1.
  • Embodiment 94 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-92 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein q is 1.
  • Embodiment 95 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-92 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein q is 0.
  • Embodiment 96 Embodiment 96.
  • Embodiment 99 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 97 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein X 1 is CH and X 2 is CH or N.
  • Embodiment 100 Embodiment 100.
  • Embodiment 101 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 97 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein X 1 and X 2 are both N.
  • Embodiment 101 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 97 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein X 1 and X 2 are both CH.
  • Embodiment 102 Embodiment 102.
  • each R B is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, –C 1 -C 6 alkyl, – C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl, –C 1 –C 6 hydroxyalkyl, OR B1 , C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl and phenyl substituted with 0 or 1 instances of halo.
  • each R B is independently selected from the group consisting of –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl, –OR B1 and C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl.
  • each R B1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl and –C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl wherein each hydrogen atom of the alkyl can be independently replaced with deuterium.
  • each R B1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, –C 1 -C 3 alkyl and –C 1 –C 3 haloalkyl wherein each hydrogen atom of the alkyl can be independently replaced with deuterium.
  • each R B1 is independently selected from the group consisting of –C 1 –C 3 alkyl and – C 1 –C 3 haloalkyl wherein each hydrogen atom of the alkyl can be independently replaced with deuterium.
  • each R B1 is independently –C 1 –C 3 alkyl wherein each hydrogen atom of the alkyl can be independently replaced with deuterium.
  • Embodiment 108 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 103 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R B1 is independently selected from the group consisting of –CH 3 , –CD 3 and – CHF 2 .
  • Embodiment 109 Embodiment 109.
  • each R B is independently selected from the group consisting of –Cl, –CH 3 , – i Pr, – CF 3 , –CHF 2 , –CF 2 CH 3 , –C(OH)(CH 3 ) 2 , –CH(OH)CH 3 , –OH, –OCH 3 , –OCD 3 , –OCHF 2 , cyclopropyl and 2-chlorophenyl.
  • each R B is independently selected from the group consisting of – i Pr, –CF 3 , –OCH 3 , – OCD 3 , –OCHF 2 and cyclopropyl.
  • Embodiment 112. The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 101 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R B is independently selected from the group consisting of –OCH 3 , –OCD 3 , – OCHF 2 and cyclopropyl.
  • Embodiment 113 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 101 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R B is independently selected from the group consisting of –OCH 3 and cyclopropyl.
  • Embodiment 114 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 113 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein m is 0, 1, or 2.
  • Embodiment 115 Embodiment 115.
  • Embodiment 116 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 113 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein m is 1 or 2.
  • Embodiment 116 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 113 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein m is 1.
  • Embodiment 117 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 113 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein m is 2.
  • Embodiment 118 Embodiment 118.
  • Embodiment 119 The compound of embodiment 118 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R 1 is independently selected from halo, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, phenyl substituted with 0 to 1 instances of halo, –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl, –C 1 –C 6 hydroxyalkyl and –C 3 –C 10 cycloalkyl.
  • each R 1 is independently selected from halo, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, phenyl substituted with 0 to 1 instances of halo, –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl, –C 1 –C 6 hydroxyalkyl and –C 3 –C 10 cycloalkyl.
  • each R 1 is independently selected from Cl, –Me, – i Pr, –CF 3 , –CHF 2 , –CF 2 CH 3 , 2-chlorophenyl, cyclopropyl, –CH(OH)CH 3 and –C(CH 3 ) 2 OH.
  • Embodiment 121 The compound of embodiment 118 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R 1 is independently selected from – i Pr, –CF 3 and cyclopropyl.
  • Embodiment 122 The compound of embodiment 118 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R 1 is independently selected from – i Pr and cyclopropyl.
  • Embodiment 123 The compound of embodiment 118 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R 1 is i Pr.
  • Embodiment 124 The compound of embodiment 118 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R 1 is cyclopropyl.
  • Embodiment 125 The compound of any one of embodiments 118-124 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R 2 is independently selected from –C 1 –C 6 alkyl and OR a2 .
  • Embodiment 126 The compound of any one of embodiments 118-124 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R 2 is independently OR a2 .
  • Embodiment 127 Embodiment 127.
  • each R a2 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, –C 1 -C 6 alkyl and –C 1 –C 6 haloalkyl wherein each hydrogen atom of the alkyl can be independently replaced with deuterium.
  • Embodiment 128 The compound of any one of embodiments 118-126 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R a2 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, –CH 3 , –CD 3 .
  • Embodiment 129 The compound of any one of embodiments 118-126 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R a2 is independently selected from the group consisting of –CH 3 and –CD 3 .
  • Embodiment 130 The compound of any one of embodiments 118-124 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R 2 is independently selected from –CH 3 , –OH, –OCH 3 , –OCD 3 and –OCHF 2 .
  • Embodiment 131 Embodiment 131.
  • Embodiment 132 The compound of any one of embodiments 118-124 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R 2 is independently selected from –OCH 3 , –OCD 3 and –OCHF 2 .
  • Embodiment 132 The compound of any one of embodiments 118-124 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R 2 is independently selected from –OCH 3 and –OCD 3 .
  • Embodiment 133 Embodiment 133.
  • Embodiment 134 The compound of any one of embodiments 118-124 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R 2 is independently –OCH 3 .
  • Embodiment 134 The compound of any one of embodiments 118-124 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R 2 is independently –OCD 3 .
  • Embodiment 135. The compound of any one of embodiments 118-124 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R 2 is independently –OCHF 2 .
  • Embodiment 136 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-118 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the moiety represented as is selected from the group consisting of [0700] Embodiment 137.
  • Embodiment 140 The compound of any one of embodiments 1-95 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the compound is of Formula (I-b)
  • Embodiment 141 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 140 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein L is selected from –O– and –NR n – and R n is selected from H and –Me.
  • Embodiment 142 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 140 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein L is –O–.
  • Embodiment 143 Embodiment 143.
  • Embodiment 144 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 140 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein L is –NR n – and R n is selected from H and –Me.
  • Embodiment 144 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 140 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein L is –NH–.
  • Embodiment 145 Embodiment 145.
  • Embodiment 146 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 144 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein R c and R c ’ are each independently selected from H and –Me.
  • Embodiment 146 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 144 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein R c and R c ’ are both H.
  • Embodiment 147 Embodiment 147.
  • Embodiment 150 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 146 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein Ring A is wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D.
  • Embodiment 150 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 146 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein Ring A is wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D.
  • Embodiment 151 Embodiment 151.
  • Embodiment 152 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 150 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein n is 1 or 2.
  • Embodiment 152 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 150 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein n is 0 or 1.
  • Embodiment 153 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 150 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein n is 1.
  • Embodiment 154 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 150 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein n is 1.
  • Embodiment 155 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 150 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein n is 2.
  • Embodiment 156 The compound of any one of embodiments 2 to 155 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R A is independently selected from –OC 1 -C 3 alkyl and halo.
  • Embodiment 157 The compound of any one of embodiments 2 to 155 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R A is independently halo.
  • Embodiment 158 The compound of any one of embodiments 2 to 155 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R A is independently selected from –OMe and –F.
  • Embodiment 159 Embodiment 159.
  • Embodiment 160 The compound of any one of embodiments 2 to 155 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R A is independently selected from –OC 1 –C 3 alkyl and –F.
  • Embodiment 160 The compound of any one of embodiments 2 to 155 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R A is independently –OMe.
  • Embodiment 162 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 146 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the moiety represented as is selected from the group consisting of wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D.
  • Embodiment 165 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 146 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the moiety represented as is selected from the group consisting of wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D.
  • Embodiment 165 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 146 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the moiety represented as wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D.
  • Embodiment 166 Embodiment 166.
  • Embodiment 167 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 146 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the moiety represented as wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D.
  • Embodiment 167 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 146 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the moiety represented as wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D.
  • Embodiment 168 Embodiment 168.
  • Embodiment 169 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 146 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the moiety represented as , wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D.
  • Embodiment 169 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 146 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the moiety represented as wherein the left-side attachment point connects to CR c R c ’ and the right attachment point connects to Ring D.
  • Embodiment 170 Embodiment 170.
  • Embodiment 172 The compound of any one of embodiments 1-171 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein Ring D is a 5-6 membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing 1-3 heteroatoms selected from O, N and S.
  • Embodiment 173 The compound of any one of embodiments 1-171 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein Ring D is a 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl containing 1-3 nitrogen atoms.
  • Embodiment 174 Embodiment 174.
  • Embodiment 178 The compound of any one of embodiments 1-171 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein Ring D is imidazolyl.
  • Embodiment 179 The compound of any one of embodiments 1-171 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein Ring D is imidazolyl.
  • Ring D is selected from the group consisting of pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4- yl, pyrimidin-2-yl, pyrimidin-4-yl, pyrimidin-5-yl, pyrimidin-6-yl, pyrazin-2-yl, pyrazin-3-yl, pyridazin-3-yl, pyridazin-4-yl, pyridazin-5-yl, pyridazin-6-yl, pyrrol-2-yl, pyrazol-1-yl, pyrazol-4-yl, pyrazol-5-yl, imidazol-2-yl, thiazol-4-yl, thiazol-5-yl, thiadiazol-3-yl, thiadiazol
  • Embodiment 180 The compound of any one of embodiments 1-171 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein Ring D is selected from the group consisting of pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridazin- 3-yl, pyrazol-1-yl and imidazol-2-yl.
  • Ring D is selected from the group consisting of pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridazin- 3-yl, pyrazol-1-yl and imidazol-2-yl.
  • Embodiment 184 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-183 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein Ring D is imidazol-2-yl.
  • Embodiment 184 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-183 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein p is 1, 2 or 3.
  • Embodiment 185 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-183 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein p is 1 or 2.
  • Embodiment 186 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-183 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein p is 1 or 2.
  • Embodiment 187 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-183 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein p is 2 or 3.
  • Embodiment 187 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-183 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein p is 0.
  • Embodiment 188 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-183 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein p is 1.
  • Embodiment 189 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-183 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein p is 1.
  • Embodiment 190 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-183 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein p is 3.
  • each R D is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, –CN, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, –C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, –C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl and OR D1 .
  • R D is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, –CN, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, –C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, –C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl and OR D1 .
  • each R D is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, –C 1 –C 6 alkyl, – C 1 -C 6 haloalkyl, –C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl and OR D1 .
  • Embodiment 193 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-192 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R D1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and –C 1 –C 6 alkyl.
  • Embodiment 194 The compound of any one of embodiments 4-192 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein each R D1 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, –Me and –Et. [0757] Embodiment 195.
  • each R D is independently selected from the group consisting of –Cl, –CN, –CH 3 , –Et, – i Pr, –CF 3 , –OCH 3 , cyclopropyl and –CH 2 OH.
  • each R D is independently selected from the group consisting of –Cl, –CN, –CH 3 , –Et, – i Pr, –CF 3 , –OCH 3 , cyclopropyl and –CH 2 OH.
  • the compound of any one of embodiments 4-190 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the moiety represented by is selected from the group consisting of [0763] Embodiment 201.
  • Embodiment 208 The compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 207 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof, wherein the compound is selected from the compounds of Table 1. [0771] Embodiment 209.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Embodiment 210 The pharmaceutical composition of embodiment 209, further comprising a second therapeutic agent.
  • Embodiment 211 A method for treating or preventing a disease or disorder sensitive to the inhibition of USP1 comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • Embodiment 212 Embodiment 212.
  • a method of treating a disease or disorder sensitive to the inhibition of USP1 comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • Embodiment 213. A method for inhibiting USP1 comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • Embodiment 214 Embodiment 214.
  • a method for treating or preventing cancer in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to the patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • Embodiment 215. A method for treating cancer in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to the patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • Embodiment 216 Embodiment 216.
  • Embodiment 217 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 216, wherein the cancer is a cancer that is sensitive to USP1 inhibition.
  • Embodiment 218 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 217, wherein the cancer is a cancer that is sensitive to USP1 inhibition due to a dysfunctional DNA-repair pathway.
  • Embodiment 219. The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 218, wherein the cancer is a HRR (homologous recombination repair) gene mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 220 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 216, wherein the cancer is a HRR (homologous recombination repair) gene mutant cancer.
  • HRR homologous recombination repair
  • Embodiment 222 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 221, wherein the cancer is characterized by a deficiency in homologous recombination (e.g., a positive homologous recombination deficiency (HRD) score).
  • HRD homologous recombination deficiency
  • Embodiment 224 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 223, wherein the cancer is a BRCA1 and/or a BRCA2 deficient cancer.
  • Embodiment 225 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 224, wherein the cancer is an ATM mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 226 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 225, wherein the cancer is an BARD1 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 227 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 226, wherein the cancer is an BRIP1 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 228 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 227, wherein the cancer is an CDK12 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 229. The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 228, wherein the cancer is an CHEK1 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 230. The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 229, wherein the cancer is an CHEK2 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 231. The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 230, wherein the cancer is an FANCL mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 232 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 231, wherein the cancer is an PALB2 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 233 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 232, wherein the cancer is an PPP2R2A mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 234. The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 233, wherein the cancer is an RAD51B mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 235. The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 234, wherein the cancer is an RAD51C mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 236 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 235, wherein the cancer is an RAD51D mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 237 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 236, wherein the cancer is an RAD54L mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 238 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 237, wherein the cancer is a PARP inhibitor resistant or refractory cancer.
  • Embodiment 239. The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 238, wherein the cancer is selected from adrenocortical carcinoma, AIDS-related lymphoma, AIDS-related malignancies, anal cancer, cerebellar astrocytoma, extrahepatic bile duct cancer, bladder cancer osteosarcoma/malignant fibrous histiocytoma, brain stem glioma, ependymoma, visual pathway and hypothalamic gliomas, breast cancer, bronchial adenomas/carcinoids, carcinoid tumors, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumors, carcinoma, adrenocortical, islet cell carcinoma, primary central nervous system lymphoma, cerebellar astrocytoma, cervical cancer, chronic lymphocytic leuk
  • Embodiment 240 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 238, wherein the cancer can be any cancer in any organ, for example, a cancer selected from the group consisting of glioma, thyroid carcinoma, breast carcinoma, small-cell lung carcinoma, non- small-cell carcinoma, gastric carcinoma, colon carcinoma, gastrointestinal stromal carcinoma, pancreatic carcinoma, bile duct carcinoma, CNS carcinoma, ovarian carcinoma, endometrial carcinoma, prostate carcinoma, renal carcinoma, anaplastic large-cell lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, mesothelioma, and melanoma, and combinations thereof.
  • Embodiment 243 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 238, wherein the cancer is selected from breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer (TNBC)), ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer), pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer and lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • ovarian cancer e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
  • pancreatic cancer e.g., prostate cancer and lung cancer
  • lung cancer e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)
  • NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
  • Embodiment 244 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 238, wherein the cancer is breast cancer. [0807] Embodiment 245. The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 238, wherein the cancer is triple negative breast cancer (TNBC). [0808] Embodiment 246. The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 238, wherein the cancer is ovarian cancer. [0809] Embodiment 247. The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 238, wherein the cancer is platinum-resistant ovarian cancer. [0810] Embodiment 248. The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 238, wherein the cancer is platinum-refractory ovarian cancer. [0811] Embodiment 249.
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • Embodiment 246 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 238, wherein the cancer is ovarian cancer.
  • Embodiment 247 The method of any one of embodiments 214 to 238, wherein the cancer is platinum-resistant ovarian
  • Embodiment 252 A method for treating or preventing a disease or disorder associated with DNA damage comprising administering to a patient in need of a treatment for diseases or disorders associated with DNA damage an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • Embodiment 253 The method of embodiment 252, wherein the disease is cancer.
  • Embodiment 254. A method for treating a disease or disorder associated with DNA damage comprising administering to a patient in need of a treatment for diseases or disorders associated with DNA damage an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • Embodiment 255 The method of embodiment 254, wherein the disease is cancer.
  • Embodiment 256 Embodiment 256.
  • a method of inhibiting, modulating or reducing DNA repair activity exercised by USP1 comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • Embodiment 260 Embodiment 260.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for use in a method for treating or preventing cancer in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to the patient in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof.
  • Embodiment 262 The compound for use of embodiment 260 or 261, wherein the cancer is a dedifferentiated ID-driven cancer.
  • Embodiment 264 The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 263, wherein the cancer is a cancer that is sensitive to USP1 inhibition due to a dysfunctional DNA-repair pathway.
  • Embodiment 265. The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 264, wherein the cancer is a HRR (homologous recombination repair) gene mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 266 The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 263, wherein the cancer is a HRR (homologous recombination repair) gene mutant cancer.
  • HRR homologous recombination repair
  • Embodiment 268 The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 266, wherein the cancer is characterized by elevated levels of translesion synthesis (e.g., a cancer characterized by elevated levels of RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA, a cancer characterized by elevated PCNA monoubiquitination).
  • Embodiment 268 The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 267, wherein the cancer is characterized by a deficiency in homologous recombination (e.g., a positive homologous recombination deficiency (HRD) score).
  • HRD homologous recombination deficiency
  • Embodiment 271 The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 270, wherein the cancer is an ATM mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 272 The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 271, wherein the cancer is an BARD1 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 272 The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 272, wherein the cancer is an BRIP1 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 274. The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 273, wherein the cancer is an CDK12 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 275. The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 274, wherein the cancer is an CHEK1 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 276 The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 275, wherein the cancer is an CHEK2 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 277 The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 276, wherein the cancer is an FANCL mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 279. The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 278, wherein the cancer is an PPP2R2A mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 280. The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 279, wherein the cancer is an RAD51B mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 281. The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 280, wherein the cancer is an RAD51C mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 283 The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 282, wherein the cancer is an RAD54L mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 284. The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 283, wherein the cancer is a PARP inhibitor resistant or refractory cancer.
  • Embodiment 286 The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 284, wherein the cancer can be any cancer in any organ, for example, a cancer selected from the group consisting of glioma, thyroid carcinoma, breast carcinoma, small-cell lung carcinoma, non-small-cell carcinoma, gastric carcinoma, colon carcinoma, gastrointestinal stromal carcinoma, pancreatic carcinoma, bile duct carcinoma, CNS carcinoma, ovarian carcinoma, endometrial carcinoma, prostate carcinoma, renal carcinoma, anaplastic large-cell lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, mesothelioma, and melanoma, and combinations thereof.
  • Embodiment 287 Embodiment 287.
  • Embodiment 288 Embodiment 288.
  • breast cancer e.g., triple negative breast cancer (TNBC)
  • ovarian cancer e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
  • pancreatic cancer e.g., prostate cancer and lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)
  • NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • ovarian cancer e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
  • lung cancer e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)
  • Embodiment 290 The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 284, wherein the cancer is breast cancer.
  • Embodiment 291. The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 284, wherein the cancer is triple negative breast cancer (TNBC).
  • Embodiment 293. The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 284, wherein the cancer is platinum-resistant ovarian cancer.
  • Embodiment 294. The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 284, wherein the cancer is platinum-refractory ovarian cancer.
  • Embodiment 295. The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 284, wherein the cancer is prostate cancer.
  • Embodiment 296 The compound for use of any one of embodiments 260 to 284, wherein the cancer is lung cancer. [0859] Embodiment 297.
  • Embodiment 298 A compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for use in a method for treating or preventing a disease or disorder associated with DNA.
  • Embodiment 301 The compound for use of embodiment 300, wherein the disease is cancer.
  • Embodiment 304 Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof in the manufacturing of a medicament for treating or preventing a disease or disorder sensitive to the inhibition of USP1.
  • Embodiment 304 Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof in the manufacturing of a medicament for treating a disease or disorder sensitive to the inhibition of USP1.
  • Embodiment 305 Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof in the manufacturing of a medicament for treating a disease or disorder sensitive to the inhibition of USP1.
  • Embodiment 307 Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof in the manufacturing of a medicament for inhibiting USP1.
  • Embodiment 306. Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof in the manufacturing of a medicament for treating or preventing cancer in a patient in need thereof.
  • Embodiment 308 Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof in the manufacturing of a medicament for treating cancer in a patient in need thereof.
  • Embodiment 308 The use of embodiment 306 or 307, wherein the cancer is a dedifferentiated ID-driven cancer.
  • Embodiment 309 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 308, wherein the cancer is a cancer that is sensitive to USP1 inhibition.
  • Embodiment 310 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 308, wherein the cancer is a cancer that is sensitive to USP1 inhibition.
  • Embodiment 311 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 309, wherein the cancer is a cancer that is sensitive to USP1 inhibition due to a dysfunctional DNA-repair pathway.
  • Embodiment 311 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 310, wherein the cancer is a HRR (homologous recombination repair) gene mutant cancer.
  • HRR homologous recombination repair
  • any one of embodiments 306 to 312, wherein the cancer is characterized by elevated levels of translesion synthesis e.g., a cancer characterized by elevated levels of RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA, a cancer characterized by elevated PCNA monoubiquitination.
  • Embodiment 314 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 313, wherein the cancer is characterized by a deficiency in homologous recombination (e.g., a positive homologous recombination deficiency (HRD) score).
  • HRD homologous recombination deficiency
  • Embodiment 314 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 315, wherein the cancer is a BRCA1 and/or a BRCA2 deficient cancer.
  • Embodiment 317 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 316, wherein the cancer is an ATM mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 318 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 317, wherein the cancer is an BARD1 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 319 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 318, wherein the cancer is an BRIP1 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 320 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 319, wherein the cancer is an CDK12 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 321. The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 320, wherein the cancer is an CHEK1 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 322. The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 321, wherein the cancer is an CHEK2 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 323. The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 322, wherein the cancer is an FANCL mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 324 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 323, wherein the cancer is an PALB2 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 325 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 319, wherein the cancer is an CDK12 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 321. The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 320, wherein the cancer is an CHEK1 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 322. The use of any one of embodiments 306
  • Embodiment 324 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 324, wherein the cancer is an PPP2R2A mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 326 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 325, wherein the cancer is an RAD51B mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 327 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 326, wherein the cancer is an RAD51C mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 328 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 327, wherein the cancer is an RAD51D mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 329 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 328, wherein the cancer is an RAD54L mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 330 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 328, wherein the cancer is an RAD54L mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 331 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 329, wherein the cancer is a PARP inhibitor resistant or refractory cancer.
  • Embodiment 331 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 330, wherein the cancer is selected from adrenocortical carcinoma, AIDS-related lymphoma, AIDS-related malignancies, anal cancer, cerebellar astrocytoma, extrahepatic bile duct cancer, bladder cancer osteosarcoma/malignant fibrous histiocytoma, brain stem glioma, ependymoma, visual pathway and hypothalamic gliomas, breast cancer, bronchial adenomas/carcinoids, carcinoid tumors, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumors, carcinoma, adrenocortical, islet cell carcinoma, primary central nervous system lymphoma, cerebellar astrocytoma, cervical cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, chronic mye
  • Embodiment 332 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 330, wherein the cancer can be any cancer in any organ, for example, a cancer selected from the group consisting of glioma, thyroid carcinoma, breast carcinoma, small-cell lung carcinoma, non- small-cell carcinoma, gastric carcinoma, colon carcinoma, gastrointestinal stromal carcinoma, pancreatic carcinoma, bile duct carcinoma, CNS carcinoma, ovarian carcinoma, endometrial carcinoma, prostate carcinoma, renal carcinoma, anaplastic large-cell lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, mesothelioma, and melanoma, and combinations thereof.
  • Embodiment 333 Embodiment 333.
  • any one of embodiments 306 to 330 wherein the cancer is selected from liposarcoma, neuroblastoma, glioblastoma, bladder cancer, adrenocortical cancer, multiple myeloma, colorectal cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, Human Papilloma Virus-associated cervical, oropharyngeal, penis, anal, thyroid or vaginal cancer or Epstein-Barr Virus-associated nasopharyngeal carcinoma, gastric cancer, rectal cancer, thyroid cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, Hodgkin lymphoma and diffuse large B-cell lymphoma.
  • Embodiment 334 Embodiment 334.
  • any one of embodiments 306 to 330 wherein the cancer is selected from breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer (TNBC)), ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer), pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer and lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • ovarian cancer e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
  • pancreatic cancer e.g., prostate cancer and lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)
  • NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
  • any one of embodiments 306 to 330, wherein the cancer is selected from breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer (TNBC)), ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer), prostate cancer and lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • ovarian cancer e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
  • lung cancer e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)
  • Embodiment 336 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 330, wherein the cancer is breast cancer.
  • Embodiment 337 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 330, wherein the cancer is triple negative breast cancer (TNBC).
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • Embodiment 339 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 330, wherein the cancer is platinum-resistant ovarian cancer.
  • Embodiment 340 The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 330, wherein the cancer is platinum-refractory ovarian cancer.
  • Embodiment 341. The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 330, wherein the cancer is prostate cancer.
  • Embodiment 342. The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 330, wherein the cancer is lung cancer.
  • Embodiment 344 Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof in the manufacturing of a medicament for treating or preventing a disease or disorder associated with DNA damage.
  • Embodiment 345 The use of embodiment 344, wherein the disease is cancer.
  • Embodiment 346 The use of embodiment 344, wherein the disease is cancer.
  • Embodiment 347 Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof in the manufacturing of a medicament for treating a disease or disorder associated with DNA damage.
  • Embodiment 347 The use of embodiment 346, wherein the disease is cancer.
  • Embodiment 348 Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for inhibiting, modulating or reducing DNA repair activity exercised by USP1.
  • Embodiment 349 Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for inhibiting, modulating or reducing DNA repair activity exercised by USP1.
  • Embodiment 350 Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for treating or preventing a disease or disorder sensitive to the inhibition of USP1.
  • Embodiment 350 Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for treating a disease or disorder sensitive to the inhibition of USP1.
  • Embodiment 352 Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for inhibiting USP1.
  • Embodiment 353. Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for treating or preventing cancer in a patient in need thereof.
  • Embodiment 354 Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for treating cancer in a patient in need thereof.
  • Embodiment 354. The use of embodiment 352 or 353, wherein the cancer is a dedifferentiated ID-driven cancer.
  • Embodiment 355. The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 354, wherein the cancer is a cancer that is sensitive to USP1 inhibition.
  • Embodiment 356 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 355, wherein the cancer is a cancer that is sensitive to USP1 inhibition due to a dysfunctional DNA-repair pathway.
  • Embodiment 357 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 356, wherein the cancer is a HRR (homologous recombination repair) gene mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 358 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 357, wherein the cancer is a HRR (homologous recombination repair) gene mutant cancer selected from the group consisting of ATM, NBN, FANCA, BARD1, BRCA1, BRCA2, BRIP1, CDK12, CHEK1, CHEK2, FANCL, PALB2, PPP2R2A, RAD51B, RAD51C, RAD51D, or RAD54L mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 360 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 358, wherein the cancer is characterized by elevated levels of translesion synthesis (e.g., a cancer characterized by elevated levels of RAD18 and/or UBE2K and/or PCNA, a cancer characterized by elevated PCNA monoubiquitination).
  • Embodiment 360 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 359, wherein the cancer is characterized by a deficiency in homologous recombination (e.g., a positive homologous recombination deficiency (HRD) score).
  • HRD homologous recombination deficiency
  • Embodiment 362 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 360, wherein the cancer is a BRCA1 and/or a BRCA2 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 362 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 361, wherein the cancer is a BRCA1 and/or a BRCA2 deficient cancer.
  • Embodiment 363. The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 362, wherein the cancer is an ATM mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 364. The use of any one of embodiments 306 to 363, wherein the cancer is an BARD1 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 365 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 364, wherein the cancer is an BRIP1 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 366 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 365, wherein the cancer is an CDK12 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 367 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 366, wherein the cancer is an CHEK1 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 368 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 367, wherein the cancer is an CHEK2 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 369 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 368, wherein the cancer is an FANCL mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 370 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 369, wherein the cancer is an PALB2 mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 37 1. The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 370, wherein the cancer is an PPP2R2A mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 372. The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 371, wherein the cancer is an RAD51B mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 373 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 372, wherein the cancer is an RAD51C mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 374 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 373, wherein the cancer is an RAD51D mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 375 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 374, wherein the cancer is an RAD54L mutant cancer.
  • Embodiment 376 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 375, wherein the cancer is a PARP inhibitor resistant or refractory cancer.
  • Embodiment 377 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 376, wherein the cancer is selected from adrenocortical carcinoma, AIDS-related lymphoma, AIDS-related malignancies, anal cancer, cerebellar astrocytoma, extrahepatic bile duct cancer, bladder cancer osteosarcoma/malignant fibrous histiocytoma, brain stem glioma, ependymoma, visual pathway and hypothalamic gliomas, breast cancer, bronchial adenomas/carcinoids, carcinoid tumors, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumors, carcinoma, adrenocortical, islet cell carcinoma, primary central nervous system lymphoma, cerebellar astrocytoma, cervical cancer, chronic lymphocytic
  • Embodiment 378 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 376, wherein the cancer can be any cancer in any organ, for example, a cancer selected from the group consisting of glioma, thyroid carcinoma, breast carcinoma, small-cell lung carcinoma, non- small-cell carcinoma, gastric carcinoma, colon carcinoma, gastrointestinal stromal carcinoma, pancreatic carcinoma, bile duct carcinoma, CNS carcinoma, ovarian carcinoma, endometrial carcinoma, prostate carcinoma, renal carcinoma, anaplastic large-cell lymphoma, leukemia, multiple myeloma, mesothelioma, and melanoma, and combinations thereof.
  • Embodiment 379 Embodiment 379.
  • any one of embodiments 352 to 376 wherein the cancer is selected from liposarcoma, neuroblastoma, glioblastoma, bladder cancer, adrenocortical cancer, multiple myeloma, colorectal cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, Human Papilloma Virus-associated cervical, oropharyngeal, penis, anal, thyroid or vaginal cancer or Epstein-Barr Virus-associated nasopharyngeal carcinoma, gastric cancer, rectal cancer, thyroid cancer, breast cancer, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, pancreatic cancer, Hodgkin lymphoma and diffuse large B-cell lymphoma.
  • Embodiment 380 Embodiment 380.
  • any one of embodiments 352 to 376 wherein the cancer is selected from breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer (TNBC)), ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer), pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer and lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • ovarian cancer e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
  • pancreatic cancer e.g., prostate cancer and lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)
  • NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
  • any one of embodiments 352 to 376 wherein the cancer is selected from breast cancer (e.g., triple negative breast cancer (TNBC)), ovarian cancer (e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer), prostate cancer and lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)).
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • ovarian cancer e.g., platinum-resistant ovarian cancer, platinum-refractory ovarian cancer
  • lung cancer e.g., non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC)
  • NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
  • Embodiment 385 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 376, wherein the cancer is platinum-resistant ovarian cancer.
  • Embodiment 386 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 376, wherein the cancer is platinum-refractory ovarian cancer.
  • Embodiment 387 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 376, wherein the cancer is prostate cancer.
  • Embodiment 388 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 376, wherein the cancer is lung cancer.
  • Embodiment 389 The use of any one of embodiments 352 to 376, wherein the cancer is ovarian cancer.
  • Embodiment 390 Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for treating or preventing a disease or disorder associated with DNA damage.
  • Embodiment 391. The use of embodiment 390, wherein the disease is cancer.
  • Embodiment 393. The use of embodiment 392, wherein the disease is cancer.
  • Embodiment 394. Use of an effective amount of a compound of any one of embodiments 1 to 208 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, prodrug, stereoisomer, or tautomer thereof for inhibiting, modulating or reducing DNA repair activity exercised by USP1. Examples [0957] In order that the invention described herein may be more fully understood, the following examples are set forth.
  • the compounds provided herein may be isolated and purified by known standard procedures. Such procedures include (but are not limited to) recrystallization, column chromatography, HPLC, or supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC). The following schemes are presented with details as to the preparation of representative pyrazoles that have been listed herein.
  • the compounds provided herein may be prepared from known or commercially available starting materials and reagents by one skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
  • Reaction of a dichloro substituted bicyclic pyrimidine derivative (1A) with the desired amine building block (1B) in the presence of a base such as a tertiary amine like triethylamine or similar in an inert solvent such as DMF at a temperature from room temperature up to around 80 - 120 °C provides the amino substituted bicycle (1C).
  • Ring B is then introduced for instance by a palladium catalysed reaction, e.g. a Suzuki reaction, with the suitable boronic acid or ester derivative (1D) in the presence of a base like a carbonate such as sodium or cesium carbonate or similar typically at elevated temperature, thus providing the compound of formula (I).
  • Reaction of a dichloro substituted bicyclic pyrimidine derivative (1A) with the desired amine (2A) in the presence of a base for instance a tertiary amine like triethylamine or similar in an inert solvent such as DMF provides the amino substituted bicycle (2B).
  • amination reaction is performed at a temperature between room temperature and up to approximately 100 - 120 °C.
  • Ring B is then introduced for instance by a palladium catalyzed reaction, e.g. a Suzuki reaction with the suitable boronic acid or ester derivative in the presence of a base like a carbonate such as sodium or cesium carbonate or similar, typically at elevated temperature, thus providing the disubstituted bicycle (2D).
  • the heating in the palladium catalyst reaction is effected either by thermal heating or by microwave irradiation.
  • the amidine derivative of Ring B (3C) is reacted with a derivative of ring C 1,2-substituted with a leaving group X, e.g. bromo or chloro and a carboxylic acid or ester function in the presence of CuI and a base like Cs 2 CO 3 or similar provides bicycle (3E).
  • a leaving group X e.g. bromo or chloro
  • the amidine substituted ring B (3C) is conveniently prepared in two steps from the corresponding bromo derivative (3A) by reaction with CuCN in a solvent like DMF or similar typically at elevated temperature, followed by transformation of the thus formed cyano derivative (3B) to the desired amidine (3C) by reaction with LiHMDS.
  • a halide substituent on ring C is displaced with an alkoxide nucleophile (e.g., sodium methoxide) in a polar protic solvent (e.g., MeOH).
  • an alkoxide nucleophile e.g., sodium methoxide
  • a polar protic solvent e.g., MeOH.
  • the hydroxy group of the bicyclic pyrimidine derivative (3E) is then converted to a leaving group e.g.
  • a chloride effected for instance by treatment with phosphorus oxychloride or other suitable reagent, or to a derivative of sulfonic acid such as a mesylate, tosylate or triflate or the like effected by treatment with reagents like mesyl chloride, tosyl chloride or triflic anhydride respectively, followed by reaction with the amine (1B) in the presence of a base like triethylamine or similar, provides the compound of formula (I) wherein L is NH and R c and R c’ are each independently H.
  • Optional substituents on rings A, B, C and Ring D may be present already on the starting materials or they can be introduced at a later stage of the synthesis.
  • Ring B is then introduced for instance by a palladium catalysed reaction, e.g.
  • a Suzuki reaction with the suitable boronic acid or ester derivative (6D) in the presence of a base like a phosphate such as tripotassium phosphate or similar and a palladium catalyst (e.g., RuPhos Pd G4, Xphos Pd G3, Sphos PD G3, Pd(dppf)Cl 2 , CataCXium A PD G2) and optionally additional catalyst (e.g., Xphos) typically at elevated temperature, in a suitable solvent such as 1,4-dioxane, THF and water, thus providing the compound of formula (I).
  • the heating in the palladium catalyst reaction is effected either by thermal heating or by microwave irradiation.
  • 5-bromo-4-cyclopropyl-6-(trideuteriomethoxy)pyrimidine – I-3b To a stirred solution of 5-bromo-4-chloro-6-cyclopropylpyrimidine in deuterated methanol (15 mL) at 25 °C was added 10% deuterated sodium methanolate under nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluted with 1% - 35% EtOAc in PE to give 5- bromo-4-cyclopropyl-6-(trideuteriomethoxy)pyrimidine (2.58 g, 2.05 mmol, 44% yield) as a solid.
  • 5-bromo-4-cyclopropyl-6-(difluoromethoxy)pyrimidine – I-4c To a solution of 5-bromo-6-cyclopropyl-pyrimidin-4-ol (3.6 g, 16.74 mmol) in ACN (300 mL) was added NaH (1.21 g, 50.22 mmol, 60% dispersion in mineral oil) at 25 °C under nitrogen atmosphere, and the suspension was stirred at 25 °C for 45 min. Then 2,2-difluoro- 2-fluorosulfonyl-acetic acid (5.07 g, 28.46 mmol, 2.94 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and stirred at 25 °C for 2 hrs.
  • the flask was evacuated and flushed three times with nitrogen, followed by flushing with oxygen.
  • the mixture was stirred 12 hours at 70 °C under an atmosphere of oxygen.
  • the resulting mixture was added ammonium hydroxide (25% NH 3 in water, 5 mL).
  • the mixture was continue stirred 0.5 hour at room temperature.
  • the resulting mixture was diluted with water (300 mL).
  • the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 150 mL).
  • the combined organic layers were washed with brine (200 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the resulting mixture was stirred for 4 hours at 150 °C under nitrogen atmosphere.
  • the reaction was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride aqueous solution (80 mL) at 25 °C.
  • the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 60 mL).
  • the combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • reaction mixture was quenched by saturated sodium bicarbonate aqueous (100 mL) at 0 °C.
  • the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL).
  • the combined organic layers were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the reaction mixture was degassed for 10 min with argon, Pd(dppf)Cl 2 •CH 2 Cl 2 (0.1 g, 0.12 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h in a sealed tube.
  • the mixture was filtered through Celite ® , diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated.
  • the crude product was purified by prep HPLC on a Kromosil C18 column (25 x 150 mm, 10 ⁇ m) using a gradient of 10 mM NH 4 HCO 3 in H 2 O: MeCN as mobile phase, which gave the title compound (120 mg, 20%) as a solid.
  • the impure compound was further purified by X-Select C18 column (30 x 150 mm, 5 ⁇ m) using a gradient of 10 mM NH 4 HCO 3 in H 2 O: MeCN as mobile phase, which gave the title compound (10 mg) as a solid. MS (ES+) 476.36 [M+H] + .
  • Example 70 2-(4-((2-(2-isopropylphenyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-ylamino)methyl)piperidin-1-yl)-5- methyl-1H-imidazole-4-carboxamide (70a) [1053] p-Toluenesulfonic acid (239 mg, 1.26 mmol) and 2-bromo-4-methyl-1H-imidazole-5- carboxamide (513 mg, 2.51 mmol) were added at rt to a stirred solution HCl salt of compound 26c (500 mg, 1.26 mmol) in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (10 mL) in a sealed tube.
  • the reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling with argon for 10 min then Pd(dppf)Cl 2 •DCM, (900 mg, 1.10 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h in a sealed tube.
  • the reaction mixture was cooled to rt and filtered through Celite ® .
  • the filtrate was diluted with water (100 mL), extracted with EtOAc (3 x 75 mL) and the combined the organic layers were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ).
  • the crude product combined with another batch of the same compound was purified by silica-gel column chromatography eluted with a gradient of 5% MeOH in DCM, which gave the title compound (2 g, 68%).
  • Example 121a Example 121b 2-(2-isopropylphenyl)-N-(1-(4-(1-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl)phenyl)ethyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine [1060] Et3N (0.9 mL, 6.68 mmol) was added at 0 °C to a mixture of compound I-35c (450 mg, 1.7 mmol) in DMF (15 mL), followed by addition of compound 78a (574 mg, 1.7 mmol).
  • the combined organic layers were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated.
  • the crude compound was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluted with 5-10% MeOH in DCM.
  • the impure product was clubbed with another batch and was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluted with 2-3% MeOH in EtOAc.
  • the residue was further purified by prep HPLC on an YMC Trait C18 column (25 x 150 mm, 10 ⁇ m) using a gradient of 10 mM NH 4 HCO 3 in H2O: MeCN as mobile phase.
  • the residue was further purified by SFC to separate the isomers.
  • Peak-1 was further purified by prep HPLC X-Select C18 column (19 x 150 mm, 5 ⁇ m) using a gradient of 10 mM NH 4 OAc in H2O: MeCN as mobile phase, which gave the title compounds 123a (15 mg, 1%) & 123b (30 mg, 2%). MS (ES+) m/z 524.57 [M+ H]+.
  • Example 98 3-(2-isopropylbenzamido)-6-methoxypicolinamide (98a) [1063] To a stirred solution of 2-isopropylbenzoic acid (3.0 g, 18.15 mmol) in DMF (75 mL) was added DIPEA (12.7 mL, 72.6 mmol) followed by HATU (7.6 g, 20.00 mmol) at 0 °C under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was stirred for 30 min at 0 °C, then 3-amino-6- methoxypicolinamide (3.2 g, 18.15 mmol) was added.
  • reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling with argon for 10 min, then [1,1′- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (297 mg, 0.04 mmol) was added and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. Water (100 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with EtOAc (150 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluted with 7% MeOH in DCM.
  • reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling with argon for 10 min, then [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (8 mg, 0.011 mmol) was added and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 16 h. Water was added and filtered through the Celite ® bed. The filtrate was extracted with EtOAc (thrice). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • Example 127 2-(2-(difluoromethyl)phenyl)-N-((1-(1-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine [1073] Na 2 CO 3 (249 mg, 2.34 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of the compound of compound I-39b (477 mg, 1.9 mmol) and 124a (200 mg, 0.5 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (8 mL) and water (2 mL).
  • reaction mixture was degassed by bubbling with argon for 10 min, then [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II) (18 mg, 0.023 mmol) was added and the resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 100 °C for 2 h.
  • the reaction mixture was filtered through the Celite ® bed and was washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • the crude was mixed with crude of another batch and purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluted with 3-5% MeOH in EtOAc.
  • Example 128 2-(2-(1,1-difluoroethyl)phenyl)-N-((1-(1-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-imidazol-2- yl)piperidin-4-yl)methyl)pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4-amine [1074] Na 2 CO 3 (1.2 g, 11.2 mmol) and 124a (381 mg, 0.9 mmol) were added to a stirred solution of the compound of compound I-40a (600 mg, 2.2 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) and water (5 mL).

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

L'invention concerne des composés selon la formule (I) ou la formule (II) et des sels, hydrates, solvates, promédicaments, tautomères et stéréoisomères pharmaceutiquement acceptables, ainsi que des compositions pharmaceutiques, le cycle A, le cycle B, le cycle C, le cycle C1, le cycle D. Rc, Rc' et L étant tels que définis dans la description. Les composés selon l'invention sont destinés à être utilisés pour la prévention et le traitement d'une variété d'états.
PCT/US2024/028256 2023-05-08 2024-05-08 Composés et leur utilisation contre le cancer Pending WO2024233605A1 (fr)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202363464888P 2023-05-08 2023-05-08
US63/464,888 2023-05-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024233605A1 true WO2024233605A1 (fr) 2024-11-14

Family

ID=91375343

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2024/028256 Pending WO2024233605A1 (fr) 2023-05-08 2024-05-08 Composés et leur utilisation contre le cancer

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202509030A (fr)
WO (1) WO2024233605A1 (fr)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2025096490A1 (fr) * 2023-10-31 2025-05-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Composés de type protéase 1 spécifique de l'ubiquitine (usp1)
WO2025096489A1 (fr) * 2023-10-31 2025-05-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Composés relatifs à la protéase 1 spécifique de l'ubiquitine (usp1)
WO2025096505A1 (fr) * 2023-10-31 2025-05-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Composés de type protéase 1 spécifique de l'ubiquitine (usp1)
WO2025096487A1 (fr) * 2023-10-31 2025-05-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Composés de type protéase 1 spécifique de l'ubiquitine (usp1)
WO2025096494A1 (fr) * 2023-10-31 2025-05-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Composés de protéase 1 de traitement spécifique de l'ubiquitine (usp1)

Citations (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1997010365A1 (fr) 1995-09-15 1997-03-20 Affymax Technologies N.V. Mesure de l'expression par l'hybridation avec des systemes tres denses d'oligonucleotides
WO2001039777A1 (fr) * 1999-12-02 2001-06-07 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Composes specifiques aux recepteurs a1, a2a et a3 de l'adenosine et leurs utilisations
WO2011137320A2 (fr) 2010-04-30 2011-11-03 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Inhibiteurs de petites molécules de l'activité de l'enzyme de déubiquination usp1
WO2014105952A2 (fr) * 2012-12-28 2014-07-03 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Inhibiteurs du complexe usp1/uaf1 désubiquitinase et leurs utilisations
WO2017004405A1 (fr) * 2015-07-01 2017-01-05 Northwestern University Composés de quinazoline substituée et leurs utilisations pour moduler l'activité de la glucocérébrosidase
WO2017087837A1 (fr) 2015-11-20 2017-05-26 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Purinones utilisés comme inhibiteurs de la protéase spécifique de l'ubiquitine 1
WO2020132269A1 (fr) 2018-12-20 2020-06-25 KSQ Therapeutics, Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidines substituées et purines substituées et leur utilisation en tant qu'inhibiteurs de protéase 1 de traitement spécifique de l'ubiquitine
WO2020139988A1 (fr) 2018-12-28 2020-07-02 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions pour inhiber la protéase 1 spécifique de l'ubiquitine
WO2021163530A1 (fr) 2020-02-14 2021-08-19 KSQ Therapeutics, Inc. Combinaisons thérapeutiques comprenant des inhibiteurs de protéase 1 de traitement spécifique de l'ubiquitine et des inhibiteurs de poly (adp-ribose) polymérase (parp)
WO2022174184A1 (fr) 2021-02-15 2022-08-18 Tango Therapeutics, Inc. Composés de pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidine et méthodes d'utilisation dans le traitement du cancer
WO2022197892A1 (fr) 2021-03-17 2022-09-22 Tango Therapeutics, Inc. Dérivés de purine utilisés en tant qu'agents anticancéreux
WO2022199652A1 (fr) 2021-03-24 2022-09-29 Impact Therapeutics (Shanghai) , Inc Composés hétéroaryle-pyrimidine à cinq chaînons utilisés en tant qu'inhibiteurs d'usp1 et leur utilisation
WO2022214053A1 (fr) 2021-04-09 2022-10-13 海南耀臻生物医药科技有限公司 Inhibiteur de la protéase spécifique de l'ubiquitine 1 (usp1)
WO2022228399A1 (fr) 2021-04-27 2022-11-03 山东轩竹医药科技有限公司 Inhibiteur de usp1 tricyclique et son utilisation
WO2022233263A1 (fr) 2021-05-03 2022-11-10 山东轩竹医药科技有限公司 Inhibiteur de protéase 1 spécifique de l'ubiquitine tricyclique et son utilisation
WO2022253188A1 (fr) 2021-05-31 2022-12-08 Impact Therapeutics (Shanghai) , Inc Composés bicycliques hétéroaromatiques fusionnés contenant de l'azote utiles en tant qu'inhibiteurs de l'usp1 et leur utilisation

Patent Citations (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1997010365A1 (fr) 1995-09-15 1997-03-20 Affymax Technologies N.V. Mesure de l'expression par l'hybridation avec des systemes tres denses d'oligonucleotides
WO2001039777A1 (fr) * 1999-12-02 2001-06-07 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Composes specifiques aux recepteurs a1, a2a et a3 de l'adenosine et leurs utilisations
WO2011137320A2 (fr) 2010-04-30 2011-11-03 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Inhibiteurs de petites molécules de l'activité de l'enzyme de déubiquination usp1
WO2014105952A2 (fr) * 2012-12-28 2014-07-03 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Inhibiteurs du complexe usp1/uaf1 désubiquitinase et leurs utilisations
US9802904B2 (en) 2012-12-28 2017-10-31 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Inhibitors of the USP1/UAF1 deubiquitinase complex and uses thereof
WO2017004405A1 (fr) * 2015-07-01 2017-01-05 Northwestern University Composés de quinazoline substituée et leurs utilisations pour moduler l'activité de la glucocérébrosidase
WO2017087837A1 (fr) 2015-11-20 2017-05-26 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Purinones utilisés comme inhibiteurs de la protéase spécifique de l'ubiquitine 1
WO2020132269A1 (fr) 2018-12-20 2020-06-25 KSQ Therapeutics, Inc. Pyrazolopyrimidines substituées et purines substituées et leur utilisation en tant qu'inhibiteurs de protéase 1 de traitement spécifique de l'ubiquitine
WO2020139988A1 (fr) 2018-12-28 2020-07-02 Forma Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions pour inhiber la protéase 1 spécifique de l'ubiquitine
WO2021163530A1 (fr) 2020-02-14 2021-08-19 KSQ Therapeutics, Inc. Combinaisons thérapeutiques comprenant des inhibiteurs de protéase 1 de traitement spécifique de l'ubiquitine et des inhibiteurs de poly (adp-ribose) polymérase (parp)
WO2022174184A1 (fr) 2021-02-15 2022-08-18 Tango Therapeutics, Inc. Composés de pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidine et méthodes d'utilisation dans le traitement du cancer
WO2022197892A1 (fr) 2021-03-17 2022-09-22 Tango Therapeutics, Inc. Dérivés de purine utilisés en tant qu'agents anticancéreux
WO2022199652A1 (fr) 2021-03-24 2022-09-29 Impact Therapeutics (Shanghai) , Inc Composés hétéroaryle-pyrimidine à cinq chaînons utilisés en tant qu'inhibiteurs d'usp1 et leur utilisation
WO2022214053A1 (fr) 2021-04-09 2022-10-13 海南耀臻生物医药科技有限公司 Inhibiteur de la protéase spécifique de l'ubiquitine 1 (usp1)
WO2022228399A1 (fr) 2021-04-27 2022-11-03 山东轩竹医药科技有限公司 Inhibiteur de usp1 tricyclique et son utilisation
WO2022233263A1 (fr) 2021-05-03 2022-11-10 山东轩竹医药科技有限公司 Inhibiteur de protéase 1 spécifique de l'ubiquitine tricyclique et son utilisation
WO2022253188A1 (fr) 2021-05-31 2022-12-08 Impact Therapeutics (Shanghai) , Inc Composés bicycliques hétéroaromatiques fusionnés contenant de l'azote utiles en tant qu'inhibiteurs de l'usp1 et leur utilisation

Non-Patent Citations (33)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Laboratory Techniques in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology", vol. 24, 1993, ELSEVIER
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences,", 1985, MACK PUBLISHING COMPANY
"UniProt", Database accession no. 094782
AUDEH ET AL., LANCET, vol. 376, no. 9737, 2010, pages 245 - 51
BERGE ET AL., J. PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES, vol. 66, 1977, pages 1 - 19
BERGINK, S. ET AL., NATURE, vol. 458, no. 7237, 2009, pages 461 - 7
CARRUTHERS: "Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis", 1987, CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS
COHN, M. A. ET AL.: "A UAF1 -Containing Multisubunit Protein Complex Regulates the Fanconi Anemia Pathway", MOL. CELL, vol. 28, 2007, pages 786 - 797, XP055575560, DOI: 10.1016/j.molcel.2007.09.031
CONAWAY, R. C ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 296, no. 5571, 2002, pages 1254 - 8
DEXHEIMER ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 57, 2014, pages 8099 - 8110
ELIEL: "Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds", 1962, MCGRAW-HILL
G. ADAMS ET AL., NATURE BIOTECHNOLOGY, vol. 23, no. 1, 2005, pages 147 - 57
HUANG, T. T. ET AL.: "Regulation of monoubiquitinated PCNA by DUB autocleavage.", NAT. CELL BIOL, vol. 8, 2006, pages 339 - 347
HUSSAIN, S.: "DUBs and cancer: The role of deubiquitinating enzymes as oncogenes, non-oncogenes and tumor suppressors", CELL CYCLE, vol. 8, 2009, pages 1688 - 1697
JACQUES ET AL.: "Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions", 1981, WILEY INTERSCIENCE
KOMANDER, D. ET AL., NAT. REV. MOL. CELL BIOL, vol. 10, no. 8, 2007, pages 550 - 63
LAROCK: "Comprehensive Organic Transformations", 1989, VCH PUBLISHERS, INC.
LEE, J. K. ET AL.: "USP1 targeting impedes GBM growth by inhibiting stem cell maintenance and radioresistance", NEURO ONCOL., vol. 18, 2016, pages 37 - 47
LIANG ET AL., NATURE CHEM. BIO., vol. 10, 2015, pages 298 - 304
MACPHERSON ET AL.: "PCR: A Practical Approach", 1991, IRL PRESS
MUKHOPADHYAY, D. ET AL., SCIENCE, vol. 315, no. 5809, 2007, pages 201 - 5
NAKAYAMA, K. 1. ET AL., NAT. REV. CANCER, vol. 6, no. 5, 2006, pages 369 - 81
NIJMAN, S. M. B. ET AL.: "The deubiquitinating enzyme USP1 regulates the Fanconi anemia pathway", MOL CELL, vol. 17, 2005, pages 331 - 339
NIJMAN, S. M. B. ET AL.: "The deubiquitinating enzyme USP1 regulates the Fanconi anemia pathway", MOL. CELL, vol. 17, 2005, pages 331 - 339
PICKART, C. M., ANNU. REV. BIOCHEM., 2001, pages 503 - 33
PIKOR L ET AL., CANCER METASTASIS REV., vol. 32, no. 3-4, 2013, pages 341 - 352
SMITHMARCH: "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 2001, JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.
T. W. GREENEP. G. M. WUTS: "Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis", 1991, UNIVERSITY SCIENCE BOOKS
THOMAS S. DEXHEIMER ET AL: "Synthesis and Structure-Activity Relationship Studies of N -Benzyl-2-phenylpyrimidin-4-amine Derivatives as Potent USP1/UAF1 Deubiquitinase Inhibitors with Anticancer Activity against Nonsmall Cell Lung Cancer", JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 57, no. 19, 9 October 2014 (2014-10-09), US, pages 8099 - 8110, XP055330334, ISSN: 0022-2623, DOI: 10.1021/jm5010495 *
VILLAMIL, M. A. ET AL.: "Serine phosphorylation is critical for the activation of ubiquitin-specific protease 1 and its interaction with WD40-repeat protein UAF1", BIOCHEM., vol. 51, 2012, pages 9112 - 9113
WILEN ET AL., TETRAHEDRON, vol. 33, 1977, pages 2725
WILEN: "Tables of Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions", 1972, UNIV. OF NOTRE DAME PRESS, pages: 268
WILLIAMS, S. A. ET AL.: "USP 1 deubiquitinates ID proteins to preserve a mesenchymal stem cell program in osteosarcoma", CELL, vol. 146, 2011, pages 918 - 30, XP028295706, DOI: 10.1016/j.cell.2011.07.040

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2025096490A1 (fr) * 2023-10-31 2025-05-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Composés de type protéase 1 spécifique de l'ubiquitine (usp1)
WO2025096489A1 (fr) * 2023-10-31 2025-05-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Composés relatifs à la protéase 1 spécifique de l'ubiquitine (usp1)
WO2025096505A1 (fr) * 2023-10-31 2025-05-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Composés de type protéase 1 spécifique de l'ubiquitine (usp1)
WO2025096487A1 (fr) * 2023-10-31 2025-05-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Composés de type protéase 1 spécifique de l'ubiquitine (usp1)
WO2025096494A1 (fr) * 2023-10-31 2025-05-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Composés de protéase 1 de traitement spécifique de l'ubiquitine (usp1)

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202509030A (zh) 2025-03-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20240182481A1 (en) Pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidine compounds and methods of use in the treatment of cancer
US11999727B2 (en) Compounds and methods of use
US12403137B2 (en) Compounds and methods of use
WO2024233605A1 (fr) Composés et leur utilisation contre le cancer
WO2022197892A1 (fr) Dérivés de purine utilisés en tant qu'agents anticancéreux
CN114040764A (zh) 细胞周期素依赖性激酶2生物标记物及其用途
US11986471B2 (en) Compounds and methods of use
WO2023146991A1 (fr) Composés et procédés d'utilisation
WO2023146990A1 (fr) Composés et procédés d'utilisation
EP4469438A1 (fr) Composés et procédés d'utilisation
EP4469447A1 (fr) Composés et procédés d'utilisation
US20230192679A1 (en) Crystalline forms, pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2024233665A1 (fr) Composés et leur utilisation contre le cancer
EP4665332A2 (fr) Agents de dégradation de kinase dépendant de la cycline et leurs procédés d'utilisation
AU2024228508A1 (en) Cyclin dependent kinase degraders and methods of use thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24730508

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1